Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-m68k.c revision 1.1
      1  1.1  christos /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
      2  1.1  christos    Copyright 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
      3  1.1  christos    2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      4  1.1  christos 
      5  1.1  christos    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      6  1.1  christos 
      7  1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      8  1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      9  1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     10  1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     11  1.1  christos 
     12  1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     13  1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     14  1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     15  1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     16  1.1  christos 
     17  1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     18  1.1  christos    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     19  1.1  christos    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     20  1.1  christos    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     21  1.1  christos 
     22  1.1  christos #include "sysdep.h"
     23  1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     24  1.1  christos #include "bfdlink.h"
     25  1.1  christos #include "libbfd.h"
     26  1.1  christos #include "elf-bfd.h"
     27  1.1  christos #include "elf/m68k.h"
     28  1.1  christos #include "opcode/m68k.h"
     29  1.1  christos 
     30  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type *reloc_type_lookup
     31  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
     32  1.1  christos static void rtype_to_howto
     33  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf_Internal_Rela *));
     34  1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc
     35  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
     36  1.1  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
     37  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *));
     38  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_check_relocs
     39  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
     40  1.1  christos 	   const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
     41  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
     42  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
     43  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
     44  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
     45  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_discard_copies
     46  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
     47  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_relocate_section
     48  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
     49  1.1  christos 	   Elf_Internal_Rela *, Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **));
     50  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
     51  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *,
     52  1.1  christos 	   Elf_Internal_Sym *));
     53  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
     54  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
     55  1.1  christos 
     56  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
     57  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword));
     58  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
     59  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
     60  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
     61  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
     62  1.1  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
     63  1.1  christos   PARAMS ((const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
     64  1.1  christos 
     65  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] = {
     66  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_NONE,       0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE",      FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
     67  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_32,         0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32",        FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     68  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_16,         0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16",        FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     69  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_8,          0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8",         FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     70  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PC32,       0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     71  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PC16,       0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16",      FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     72  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PC8,        0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8",       FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     73  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     74  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     75  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     76  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     77  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     78  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     79  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     80  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     81  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     82  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     83  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     84  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     85  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_COPY,       0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     86  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     87  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     88  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     89  1.1  christos   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
     90  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
     91  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     92  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     93  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     94  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     95  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     96  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     97  1.1  christos 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
     98  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT",	/* name */
     99  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    100  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    101  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    102  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),
    103  1.1  christos   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
    104  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
    105  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    106  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    107  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitsize */
    108  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    109  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    110  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    111  1.1  christos 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
    112  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY",	/* name */
    113  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    114  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    115  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    116  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),
    117  1.1  christos 
    118  1.1  christos   /* TLS general dynamic variable reference.  */
    119  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32,	/* type */
    120  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    121  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    122  1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    123  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    124  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    125  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    126  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    127  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD32",	/* name */
    128  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    129  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    130  1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    131  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    132  1.1  christos 
    133  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16,	/* type */
    134  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    135  1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    136  1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    137  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    138  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    139  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    140  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    141  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD16",	/* name */
    142  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    143  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    144  1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    145  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    146  1.1  christos 
    147  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8,		/* type */
    148  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    149  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    150  1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    151  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    152  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    153  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    154  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    155  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD8",	/* name */
    156  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    157  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    158  1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    159  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    160  1.1  christos 
    161  1.1  christos   /* TLS local dynamic variable reference.  */
    162  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32,	/* type */
    163  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    164  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    165  1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    166  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    167  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    168  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    169  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    170  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM32",	/* name */
    171  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    172  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    173  1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    174  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    175  1.1  christos 
    176  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16,	/* type */
    177  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    178  1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    179  1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    180  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    181  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    182  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    183  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    184  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM16",	/* name */
    185  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    186  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    187  1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    188  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    189  1.1  christos 
    190  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8,		/* type */
    191  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    192  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    193  1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    194  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    195  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    196  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    197  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    198  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM8",	/* name */
    199  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    200  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    201  1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    202  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    203  1.1  christos 
    204  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32,	/* type */
    205  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    206  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    207  1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    208  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    209  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    210  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    211  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    212  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO32",	/* name */
    213  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    214  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    215  1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    216  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    217  1.1  christos 
    218  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16,	/* type */
    219  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    220  1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    221  1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    222  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    223  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    224  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    225  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    226  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO16",	/* name */
    227  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    228  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    229  1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    230  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    231  1.1  christos 
    232  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8,		/* type */
    233  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    234  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    235  1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    236  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    237  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    238  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    239  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    240  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO8",	/* name */
    241  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    242  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    243  1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    244  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    245  1.1  christos 
    246  1.1  christos   /* TLS initial execution variable reference.  */
    247  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32,	/* type */
    248  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    249  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    250  1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    251  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    252  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    253  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    254  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    255  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE32",	/* name */
    256  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    257  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    258  1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    259  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    260  1.1  christos 
    261  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16,	/* type */
    262  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    263  1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    264  1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    265  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    266  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    267  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    268  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    269  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE16",	/* name */
    270  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    271  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    272  1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    273  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    274  1.1  christos 
    275  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8,		/* type */
    276  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    277  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    278  1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    279  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    280  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    281  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    282  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    283  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE8",	/* name */
    284  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    285  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    286  1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    287  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    288  1.1  christos 
    289  1.1  christos   /* TLS local execution variable reference.  */
    290  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32,	/* type */
    291  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    292  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    293  1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    294  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    295  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    296  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    297  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    298  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE32",	/* name */
    299  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    300  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    301  1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    302  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    303  1.1  christos 
    304  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16,	/* type */
    305  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    306  1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    307  1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    308  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    309  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    310  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    311  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    312  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE16",	/* name */
    313  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    314  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    315  1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    316  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    317  1.1  christos 
    318  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8,		/* type */
    319  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    320  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    321  1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    322  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    323  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    324  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    325  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    326  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE8",	/* name */
    327  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    328  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    329  1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    330  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    331  1.1  christos 
    332  1.1  christos   /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations.  */
    333  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32,	/* type */
    334  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    335  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    336  1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    337  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    338  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    339  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    340  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    341  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32",	/* name */
    342  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    343  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    344  1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    345  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    346  1.1  christos 
    347  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32,	/* type */
    348  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    349  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    350  1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    351  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    352  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    353  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    354  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    355  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32",	/* name */
    356  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    357  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    358  1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    359  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    360  1.1  christos 
    361  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32,	/* type */
    362  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    363  1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    364  1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    365  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    366  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    367  1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    368  1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    369  1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32",	/* name */
    370  1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    371  1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    372  1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    373  1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    374  1.1  christos };
    375  1.1  christos 
    376  1.1  christos static void
    377  1.1  christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    378  1.1  christos {
    379  1.1  christos   unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    380  1.1  christos 
    381  1.1  christos   if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
    382  1.1  christos     {
    383  1.1  christos       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
    384  1.1  christos 			     abfd, (int) indx);
    385  1.1  christos       indx = R_68K_NONE;
    386  1.1  christos     }
    387  1.1  christos   cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
    388  1.1  christos }
    389  1.1  christos 
    390  1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
    391  1.1  christos 
    392  1.1  christos static const struct
    393  1.1  christos {
    394  1.1  christos   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
    395  1.1  christos   int elf_val;
    396  1.1  christos }
    397  1.1  christos   reloc_map[] =
    398  1.1  christos {
    399  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
    400  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
    401  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
    402  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
    403  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
    404  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
    405  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
    406  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
    407  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
    408  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
    409  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
    410  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
    411  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
    412  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
    413  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
    414  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
    415  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
    416  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
    417  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
    418  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
    419  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
    420  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
    421  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
    422  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
    423  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    424  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
    425  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
    426  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
    427  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
    428  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
    429  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
    430  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
    431  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
    432  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
    433  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
    434  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
    435  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
    436  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
    437  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
    438  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
    439  1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
    440  1.1  christos };
    441  1.1  christos 
    442  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type *
    443  1.1  christos reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
    444  1.1  christos      bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
    445  1.1  christos      bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
    446  1.1  christos {
    447  1.1  christos   unsigned int i;
    448  1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
    449  1.1  christos     {
    450  1.1  christos       if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
    451  1.1  christos 	return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
    452  1.1  christos     }
    453  1.1  christos   return 0;
    454  1.1  christos }
    455  1.1  christos 
    456  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type *
    457  1.1  christos reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    458  1.1  christos {
    459  1.1  christos   unsigned int i;
    460  1.1  christos 
    461  1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
    462  1.1  christos     if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
    463  1.1  christos 	&& strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    464  1.1  christos       return &howto_table[i];
    465  1.1  christos 
    466  1.1  christos   return NULL;
    467  1.1  christos }
    468  1.1  christos 
    469  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
    470  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
    471  1.1  christos #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
    472  1.1  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
    473  1.1  christos 
    474  1.1  christos /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker.  */
    476  1.1  christos 
    477  1.1  christos /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    478  1.1  christos    section.  */
    479  1.1  christos 
    480  1.1  christos #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
    481  1.1  christos 
    482  1.1  christos /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
    483  1.1  christos 
    484  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_plt_info
    485  1.1  christos {
    486  1.1  christos   /* The size of each PLT entry.  */
    487  1.1  christos   bfd_vma size;
    488  1.1  christos 
    489  1.1  christos   /* The template for the first PLT entry.  */
    490  1.1  christos   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
    491  1.1  christos 
    492  1.1  christos   /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    493  1.1  christos      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    494  1.1  christos      is against.  */
    495  1.1  christos   struct {
    496  1.1  christos     unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
    497  1.1  christos     unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
    498  1.1  christos   } plt0_relocs;
    499  1.1  christos 
    500  1.1  christos   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
    501  1.1  christos   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
    502  1.1  christos 
    503  1.1  christos   /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    504  1.1  christos      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    505  1.1  christos      is against.  */
    506  1.1  christos   struct {
    507  1.1  christos     unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
    508  1.1  christos     unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
    509  1.1  christos   } symbol_relocs;
    510  1.1  christos 
    511  1.1  christos   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
    512  1.1  christos      The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0".  */
    513  1.1  christos   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
    514  1.1  christos };
    515  1.1  christos 
    516  1.1  christos /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    517  1.1  christos 
    518  1.1  christos #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    519  1.1  christos 
    520  1.1  christos /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this.  See
    521  1.1  christos    the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works.  */
    522  1.1  christos 
    523  1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    524  1.1  christos {
    525  1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    526  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    527  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
    528  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    529  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    530  1.1  christos };
    531  1.1  christos 
    532  1.1  christos /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    533  1.1  christos 
    534  1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    535  1.1  christos {
    536  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
    537  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    538  1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    539  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + reloc index */
    540  1.1  christos   0x60, 0xff,		  /* bra.l .plt */
    541  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* + .plt - . */
    542  1.1  christos };
    543  1.1  christos 
    544  1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info = {
    545  1.1  christos   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    546  1.1  christos   elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    547  1.1  christos   elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
    548  1.1  christos };
    549  1.1  christos 
    550  1.1  christos #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    551  1.1  christos 
    552  1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    553  1.1  christos {
    554  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    555  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    556  1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
    557  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    558  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    559  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    560  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    561  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    562  1.1  christos };
    563  1.1  christos 
    564  1.1  christos /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    565  1.1  christos 
    566  1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    567  1.1  christos {
    568  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    569  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    570  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    571  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    572  1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    573  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + reloc index */
    574  1.1  christos   0x60, 0xff,             /* bra.l .plt */
    575  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0              /* + .plt - . */
    576  1.1  christos };
    577  1.1  christos 
    578  1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info = {
    579  1.1  christos   ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    580  1.1  christos   elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
    581  1.1  christos   elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    582  1.1  christos };
    583  1.1  christos 
    584  1.1  christos #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    585  1.1  christos 
    586  1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    587  1.1  christos {
    588  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    589  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
    590  1.1  christos   0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
    591  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    592  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
    593  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    594  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    595  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    596  1.1  christos };
    597  1.1  christos 
    598  1.1  christos /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    599  1.1  christos 
    600  1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    601  1.1  christos {
    602  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    603  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
    604  1.1  christos   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    605  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    606  1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    607  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
    608  1.1  christos   0x61, 0xff,		  /* bsr.l .plt */
    609  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0 		  /* replaced with .plt - . */
    610  1.1  christos };
    611  1.1  christos 
    612  1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info = {
    613  1.1  christos   ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    614  1.1  christos   elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
    615  1.1  christos   elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    616  1.1  christos };
    617  1.1  christos 
    618  1.1  christos #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    619  1.1  christos /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
    620  1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    621  1.1  christos {
    622  1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    623  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    624  1.1  christos   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    625  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    626  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd1,             /* jmp %a1@ */
    627  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* pad out to 24 bytes.  */
    628  1.1  christos   0, 0
    629  1.1  christos };
    630  1.1  christos 
    631  1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    632  1.1  christos {
    633  1.1  christos   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70,  /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    634  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,              /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    635  1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd1,              /* jmp %a1@ */
    636  1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3c,              /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    637  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + reloc index */
    638  1.1  christos   0x60, 0xff,              /* bra.l .plt */
    639  1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + .plt - . */
    640  1.1  christos   0, 0
    641  1.1  christos };
    642  1.1  christos 
    643  1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info = {
    644  1.1  christos   CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    645  1.1  christos   elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    646  1.1  christos   elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
    647  1.1  christos };
    648  1.1  christos 
    649  1.1  christos /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
    650  1.1  christos    decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it
    651  1.1  christos    can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
    652  1.1  christos    with -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the
    653  1.1  christos    regular ELF linker hash table.  */
    654  1.1  christos 
    655  1.1  christos /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    656  1.1  christos    copied for a given symbol.  */
    657  1.1  christos 
    658  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
    659  1.1  christos {
    660  1.1  christos   /* Next section.  */
    661  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    662  1.1  christos   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    663  1.1  christos   asection *section;
    664  1.1  christos   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    665  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type count;
    666  1.1  christos };
    667  1.1  christos 
    668  1.1  christos /* Forward declaration.  */
    669  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
    670  1.1  christos 
    671  1.1  christos /* m68k ELF linker hash entry.  */
    672  1.1  christos 
    673  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
    674  1.1  christos {
    675  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    676  1.1  christos 
    677  1.1  christos   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    678  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    679  1.1  christos 
    680  1.1  christos   /* Key to got_entries.  */
    681  1.1  christos   unsigned long got_entry_key;
    682  1.1  christos 
    683  1.1  christos   /* List of GOT entries for this symbol.  This list is build during
    684  1.1  christos      offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
    685  1.1  christos      to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
    686  1.1  christos 
    687  1.1  christos      ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
    688  1.1  christos      a separate field is cleaner.  */
    689  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
    690  1.1  christos };
    691  1.1  christos 
    692  1.1  christos #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
    693  1.1  christos 
    694  1.1  christos /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable.  */
    695  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
    696  1.1  christos {
    697  1.1  christos   /* BFD in which this symbol was defined.  NULL for global symbols.  */
    698  1.1  christos   const bfd *bfd;
    699  1.1  christos 
    700  1.1  christos   /* Symbol index.  Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key.  */
    701  1.1  christos   unsigned long symndx;
    702  1.1  christos 
    703  1.1  christos   /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
    704  1.1  christos      R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
    705  1.1  christos 
    706  1.1  christos      From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
    707  1.1  christos      matters.  That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
    708  1.1  christos      and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
    709  1.1  christos      the same when searching got->entries.  */
    710  1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
    711  1.1  christos };
    712  1.1  christos 
    713  1.1  christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation.  */
    714  1.1  christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
    715  1.1  christos 
    716  1.1  christos /* Entry of the GOT.  */
    717  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_got_entry
    718  1.1  christos {
    719  1.1  christos   /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable.  This is the key.  */
    720  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
    721  1.1  christos 
    722  1.1  christos   /* GOT entry data.  We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after.  */
    723  1.1  christos   union
    724  1.1  christos   {
    725  1.1  christos     struct
    726  1.1  christos     {
    727  1.1  christos       /* Number of times this entry is referenced.  It is used to
    728  1.1  christos 	 filter out unnecessary GOT slots in elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook.  */
    729  1.1  christos       bfd_vma refcount;
    730  1.1  christos     } s1;
    731  1.1  christos 
    732  1.1  christos     struct
    733  1.1  christos     {
    734  1.1  christos       /* Offset from the start of .got section.  To calculate offset relative
    735  1.1  christos 	 to GOT pointer one should substract got->offset from this value.  */
    736  1.1  christos       bfd_vma offset;
    737  1.1  christos 
    738  1.1  christos       /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
    739  1.1  christos 	 Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
    740  1.1  christos 	 have entries in more than one GOT.
    741  1.1  christos 	 Root of this list is h->glist.
    742  1.1  christos 	 NULL for local symbols.  */
    743  1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
    744  1.1  christos     } s2;
    745  1.1  christos   } u;
    746  1.1  christos };
    747  1.1  christos 
    748  1.1  christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
    749  1.1  christos    This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
    750  1.1  christos    switches etc.  */
    751  1.1  christos 
    752  1.1  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
    753  1.1  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    754  1.1  christos {
    755  1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
    756  1.1  christos     {
    757  1.1  christos       /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
    758  1.1  christos 	 handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation.  In cases when we need
    759  1.1  christos 	 to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
    760  1.1  christos 	 r_type.  */
    761  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32:
    762  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT16:
    763  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT8:
    764  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    765  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O:
    766  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O:
    767  1.1  christos       return R_68K_GOT32O;
    768  1.1  christos 
    769  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    770  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
    771  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    772  1.1  christos       return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
    773  1.1  christos 
    774  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    775  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    776  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    777  1.1  christos       return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
    778  1.1  christos 
    779  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    780  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    781  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    782  1.1  christos       return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
    783  1.1  christos 
    784  1.1  christos     default:
    785  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    786  1.1  christos       return 0;
    787  1.1  christos     }
    788  1.1  christos }
    789  1.1  christos 
    790  1.1  christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE.  */
    791  1.1  christos 
    792  1.1  christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
    793  1.1  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    794  1.1  christos {
    795  1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
    796  1.1  christos     {
    797  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
    798  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    799  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    800  1.1  christos       return R_32;
    801  1.1  christos 
    802  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    803  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    804  1.1  christos       return R_16;
    805  1.1  christos 
    806  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    807  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    808  1.1  christos       return R_8;
    809  1.1  christos 
    810  1.1  christos     default:
    811  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    812  1.1  christos       return 0;
    813  1.1  christos     }
    814  1.1  christos }
    815  1.1  christos 
    816  1.1  christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
    817  1.1  christos    relocation R_TYPE.  */
    818  1.1  christos 
    819  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
    820  1.1  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    821  1.1  christos {
    822  1.1  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
    823  1.1  christos     {
    824  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    825  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    826  1.1  christos       return 1;
    827  1.1  christos 
    828  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    829  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    830  1.1  christos       return 2;
    831  1.1  christos 
    832  1.1  christos     default:
    833  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    834  1.1  christos       return 0;
    835  1.1  christos     }
    836  1.1  christos }
    837  1.1  christos 
    838  1.1  christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one.  */
    839  1.1  christos 
    840  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    841  1.1  christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    842  1.1  christos {
    843  1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
    844  1.1  christos     {
    845  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    846  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    847  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
    848  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    849  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
    850  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
    851  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
    852  1.1  christos 
    853  1.1  christos     default:
    854  1.1  christos       return FALSE;
    855  1.1  christos     }
    856  1.1  christos }
    857  1.1  christos 
    858  1.1  christos /* Data structure representing a single GOT.  */
    859  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_got
    860  1.1  christos {
    861  1.1  christos   /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
    862  1.1  christos      Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
    863  1.1  christos      R_68K_GOT8O entries.  */
    864  1.1  christos   htab_t entries;
    865  1.1  christos 
    866  1.1  christos   /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT.  Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
    867  1.1  christos      several GOT slots.
    868  1.1  christos 
    869  1.1  christos      n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
    870  1.1  christos      n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
    871  1.1  christos      in this GOT.
    872  1.1  christos      n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
    873  1.1  christos      in this GOT.  This is the total number of slots.  */
    874  1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
    875  1.1  christos 
    876  1.1  christos   /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
    877  1.1  christos      This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
    878  1.1  christos      see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  */
    879  1.1  christos   bfd_vma local_n_slots;
    880  1.1  christos 
    881  1.1  christos   /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section.  */
    882  1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset;
    883  1.1  christos };
    884  1.1  christos 
    885  1.1  christos /* BFD and its GOT.  This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable.  */
    886  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
    887  1.1  christos {
    888  1.1  christos   /* BFD.  */
    889  1.1  christos   const bfd *bfd;
    890  1.1  christos 
    891  1.1  christos   /* Assigned GOT.  Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
    892  1.1  christos      GOT structure.  After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
    893  1.1  christos      share a single GOT.  */
    894  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
    895  1.1  christos };
    896  1.1  christos 
    897  1.1  christos /* The main data structure holding all the pieces.  */
    898  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_multi_got
    899  1.1  christos {
    900  1.1  christos   /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT.  If a BFD doesn't have an entry
    901  1.1  christos      here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
    902  1.1  christos      having an empty GOT).
    903  1.1  christos 
    904  1.1  christos      ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id.  */
    905  1.1  christos   htab_t bfd2got;
    906  1.1  christos 
    907  1.1  christos   /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
    908  1.1  christos      h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter.  */
    909  1.1  christos   unsigned long global_symndx;
    910  1.1  christos };
    911  1.1  christos 
    912  1.1  christos /* m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    913  1.1  christos 
    914  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
    915  1.1  christos {
    916  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    917  1.1  christos 
    918  1.1  christos   /* Small local sym cache.  */
    919  1.1  christos   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
    920  1.1  christos 
    921  1.1  christos   /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
    922  1.1  christos      yet been chosen.  */
    923  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
    924  1.1  christos 
    925  1.1  christos   /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
    926  1.1  christos      Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled.  */
    927  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
    928  1.1  christos 
    929  1.1  christos   /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs.  */
    930  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
    931  1.1  christos 
    932  1.1  christos   /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs.  */
    933  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
    934  1.1  christos 
    935  1.1  christos   /* Multi-GOT data structure.  */
    936  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
    937  1.1  christos };
    938  1.1  christos 
    939  1.1  christos /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    940  1.1  christos 
    941  1.1  christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
    942  1.1  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    943  1.1  christos   == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    944  1.1  christos 
    945  1.1  christos /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data.  */
    946  1.1  christos #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
    947  1.1  christos 
    948  1.1  christos /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    949  1.1  christos 
    950  1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    951  1.1  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    952  1.1  christos 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    953  1.1  christos 			    const char *string)
    954  1.1  christos {
    955  1.1  christos   struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
    956  1.1  christos 
    957  1.1  christos   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    958  1.1  christos      subclass.  */
    959  1.1  christos   if (ret == NULL)
    960  1.1  christos     ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    961  1.1  christos 			     sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
    962  1.1  christos   if (ret == NULL)
    963  1.1  christos     return ret;
    964  1.1  christos 
    965  1.1  christos   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    966  1.1  christos   ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
    967  1.1  christos   if (ret != NULL)
    968  1.1  christos     {
    969  1.1  christos       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    970  1.1  christos       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
    971  1.1  christos       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
    972  1.1  christos     }
    973  1.1  christos 
    974  1.1  christos   return ret;
    975  1.1  christos }
    976  1.1  christos 
    977  1.1  christos /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    978  1.1  christos 
    979  1.1  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    980  1.1  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    981  1.1  christos {
    982  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
    983  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
    984  1.1  christos 
    985  1.1  christos   ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
    986  1.1  christos   if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    987  1.1  christos     return NULL;
    988  1.1  christos 
    989  1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    990  1.1  christos 				      elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
    991  1.1  christos 				      sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
    992  1.1  christos 				      M68K_ELF_DATA))
    993  1.1  christos     {
    994  1.1  christos       free (ret);
    995  1.1  christos       return NULL;
    996  1.1  christos     }
    997  1.1  christos 
    998  1.1  christos   ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
    999  1.1  christos   ret->plt_info = NULL;
   1000  1.1  christos   ret->local_gp_p = FALSE;
   1001  1.1  christos   ret->use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
   1002  1.1  christos   ret->allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   1003  1.1  christos   ret->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
   1004  1.1  christos   ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
   1005  1.1  christos 
   1006  1.1  christos   return &ret->root.root;
   1007  1.1  christos }
   1008  1.1  christos 
   1009  1.1  christos /* Destruct local data.  */
   1010  1.1  christos 
   1011  1.1  christos static void
   1012  1.1  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *_htab)
   1013  1.1  christos {
   1014  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   1015  1.1  christos 
   1016  1.1  christos   htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) _htab;
   1017  1.1  christos 
   1018  1.1  christos   if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
   1019  1.1  christos     {
   1020  1.1  christos       htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
   1021  1.1  christos       htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
   1022  1.1  christos     }
   1023  1.1  christos }
   1024  1.1  christos 
   1025  1.1  christos /* Set the right machine number.  */
   1026  1.1  christos 
   1027  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1028  1.1  christos elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   1029  1.1  christos {
   1030  1.1  christos   unsigned int mach = 0;
   1031  1.1  christos   unsigned features = 0;
   1032  1.1  christos   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1033  1.1  christos 
   1034  1.1  christos   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1035  1.1  christos     features |= m68000;
   1036  1.1  christos   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1037  1.1  christos     features |= cpu32;
   1038  1.1  christos   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1039  1.1  christos     features |= fido_a;
   1040  1.1  christos   else
   1041  1.1  christos     {
   1042  1.1  christos       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1043  1.1  christos 	{
   1044  1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1045  1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a;
   1046  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1047  1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1048  1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
   1049  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1050  1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1051  1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1052  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1053  1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1054  1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
   1055  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1056  1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1057  1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1058  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1059  1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1060  1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1061  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1062  1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1063  1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
   1064  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1065  1.1  christos 	}
   1066  1.1  christos       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1067  1.1  christos 	{
   1068  1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1069  1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfmac;
   1070  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1071  1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1072  1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfemac;
   1073  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1074  1.1  christos 	}
   1075  1.1  christos       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1076  1.1  christos 	features |= cfloat;
   1077  1.1  christos     }
   1078  1.1  christos 
   1079  1.1  christos   mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
   1080  1.1  christos   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
   1081  1.1  christos 
   1082  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1083  1.1  christos }
   1084  1.1  christos 
   1085  1.1  christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
   1086  1.1  christos    field based on the machine number.  */
   1087  1.1  christos 
   1088  1.1  christos static void
   1089  1.1  christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
   1090  1.1  christos 				 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1091  1.1  christos {
   1092  1.1  christos   int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
   1093  1.1  christos   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1094  1.1  christos 
   1095  1.1  christos   if (!e_flags)
   1096  1.1  christos     {
   1097  1.1  christos       unsigned int arch_mask;
   1098  1.1  christos 
   1099  1.1  christos       arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
   1100  1.1  christos 
   1101  1.1  christos       if (arch_mask & m68000)
   1102  1.1  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
   1103  1.1  christos       else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
   1104  1.1  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
   1105  1.1  christos       else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
   1106  1.1  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1107  1.1  christos       else
   1108  1.1  christos 	{
   1109  1.1  christos 	  switch (arch_mask
   1110  1.1  christos 		  & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
   1111  1.1  christos 	    {
   1112  1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a:
   1113  1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
   1114  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1115  1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
   1116  1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
   1117  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1118  1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1119  1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
   1120  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1121  1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
   1122  1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
   1123  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1124  1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1125  1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
   1126  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1127  1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1128  1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
   1129  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1130  1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
   1131  1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
   1132  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1133  1.1  christos 	    }
   1134  1.1  christos 	  if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
   1135  1.1  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
   1136  1.1  christos 	  else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
   1137  1.1  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
   1138  1.1  christos 	  if (arch_mask & cfloat)
   1139  1.1  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
   1140  1.1  christos 	}
   1141  1.1  christos       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   1142  1.1  christos     }
   1143  1.1  christos }
   1144  1.1  christos 
   1145  1.1  christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header.  */
   1146  1.1  christos 
   1147  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1148  1.1  christos elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (abfd, flags)
   1149  1.1  christos      bfd *abfd;
   1150  1.1  christos      flagword flags;
   1151  1.1  christos {
   1152  1.1  christos   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
   1153  1.1  christos   elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
   1154  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1155  1.1  christos }
   1156  1.1  christos 
   1157  1.1  christos /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   1158  1.1  christos    object file when linking.  */
   1159  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1160  1.1  christos elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
   1161  1.1  christos      bfd *ibfd;
   1162  1.1  christos      bfd *obfd;
   1163  1.1  christos {
   1164  1.1  christos   flagword out_flags;
   1165  1.1  christos   flagword in_flags;
   1166  1.1  christos   flagword out_isa;
   1167  1.1  christos   flagword in_isa;
   1168  1.1  christos   const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
   1169  1.1  christos 
   1170  1.1  christos   if (   bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   1171  1.1  christos       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   1172  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1173  1.1  christos 
   1174  1.1  christos   /* Get the merged machine.  This checks for incompatibility between
   1175  1.1  christos      Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
   1176  1.1  christos      Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types.  */
   1177  1.1  christos   arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
   1178  1.1  christos   if (!arch_info)
   1179  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1180  1.1  christos 
   1181  1.1  christos   bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
   1182  1.1  christos 
   1183  1.1  christos   in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   1184  1.1  christos   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
   1185  1.1  christos     {
   1186  1.1  christos       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   1187  1.1  christos       out_flags = in_flags;
   1188  1.1  christos     }
   1189  1.1  christos   else
   1190  1.1  christos     {
   1191  1.1  christos       out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
   1192  1.1  christos       unsigned int variant_mask;
   1193  1.1  christos 
   1194  1.1  christos       if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1195  1.1  christos 	variant_mask = 0;
   1196  1.1  christos       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1197  1.1  christos 	variant_mask = 0;
   1198  1.1  christos       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1199  1.1  christos 	variant_mask = 0;
   1200  1.1  christos       else
   1201  1.1  christos 	variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
   1202  1.1  christos 
   1203  1.1  christos       in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
   1204  1.1  christos       out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
   1205  1.1  christos       if (in_isa > out_isa)
   1206  1.1  christos 	out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
   1207  1.1  christos       if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
   1208  1.1  christos 	   && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1209  1.1  christos 	  || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
   1210  1.1  christos 	      && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
   1211  1.1  christos 	out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1212  1.1  christos       else
   1213  1.1  christos       out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
   1214  1.1  christos     }
   1215  1.1  christos   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
   1216  1.1  christos 
   1217  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1218  1.1  christos }
   1219  1.1  christos 
   1220  1.1  christos /* Display the flags field.  */
   1221  1.1  christos 
   1222  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1223  1.1  christos elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   1224  1.1  christos {
   1225  1.1  christos   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   1226  1.1  christos   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1227  1.1  christos 
   1228  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   1229  1.1  christos 
   1230  1.1  christos   /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
   1231  1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   1232  1.1  christos 
   1233  1.1  christos   /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data.  */
   1234  1.1  christos 
   1235  1.1  christos   /* xgettext:c-format */
   1236  1.1  christos   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   1237  1.1  christos 
   1238  1.1  christos   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1239  1.1  christos     fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
   1240  1.1  christos   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1241  1.1  christos     fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
   1242  1.1  christos   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1243  1.1  christos     fprintf (file, " [fido]");
   1244  1.1  christos   else
   1245  1.1  christos     {
   1246  1.1  christos       if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
   1247  1.1  christos 	fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
   1248  1.1  christos 
   1249  1.1  christos       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1250  1.1  christos 	{
   1251  1.1  christos 	  char const *isa = _("unknown");
   1252  1.1  christos 	  char const *mac = _("unknown");
   1253  1.1  christos 	  char const *additional = "";
   1254  1.1  christos 
   1255  1.1  christos 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1256  1.1  christos 	    {
   1257  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1258  1.1  christos 	      isa = "A";
   1259  1.1  christos 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1260  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1261  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1262  1.1  christos 	      isa = "A";
   1263  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1264  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1265  1.1  christos 	      isa = "A+";
   1266  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1267  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1268  1.1  christos 	      isa = "B";
   1269  1.1  christos 	      additional = " [nousp]";
   1270  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1271  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1272  1.1  christos 	      isa = "B";
   1273  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1274  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1275  1.1  christos 	      isa = "C";
   1276  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1277  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1278  1.1  christos 	      isa = "C";
   1279  1.1  christos 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1280  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1281  1.1  christos 	    }
   1282  1.1  christos 	  fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
   1283  1.1  christos 
   1284  1.1  christos 	  if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1285  1.1  christos 	    fprintf (file, " [float]");
   1286  1.1  christos 
   1287  1.1  christos 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1288  1.1  christos 	    {
   1289  1.1  christos 	    case 0:
   1290  1.1  christos 	      mac = NULL;
   1291  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1292  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1293  1.1  christos 	      mac = "mac";
   1294  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1295  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1296  1.1  christos 	      mac = "emac";
   1297  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1298  1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
   1299  1.1  christos 	      mac = "emac_b";
   1300  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1301  1.1  christos 	    }
   1302  1.1  christos 	  if (mac)
   1303  1.1  christos 	    fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
   1304  1.1  christos 	}
   1305  1.1  christos     }
   1306  1.1  christos 
   1307  1.1  christos   fputc ('\n', file);
   1308  1.1  christos 
   1309  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1310  1.1  christos }
   1311  1.1  christos 
   1312  1.1  christos /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
   1313  1.1  christos 
   1314  1.1  christos    Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook.  There we scan all
   1315  1.1  christos    relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
   1316  1.1  christos    for it.  If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
   1317  1.1  christos    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
   1318  1.1  christos    to user.
   1319  1.1  christos    After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
   1320  1.1  christos    constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
   1321  1.1  christos 
   1322  1.1  christos    To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
   1323  1.1  christos    (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
   1324  1.1  christos    to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space.  Ideally [and in most
   1325  1.1  christos    cases] we end up with a single GOT.  In cases when there are too many
   1326  1.1  christos    restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
   1327  1.1  christos    several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
   1328  1.1  christos 
   1329  1.1  christos    Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  We start with
   1330  1.1  christos    an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
   1331  1.1  christos    local GOTs to the new 'big' one.  We do that by constructing an
   1332  1.1  christos    intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
   1333  1.1  christos    GOT lacks.  Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
   1334  1.1  christos    all the entries from diff.  On success we add those entries to the big
   1335  1.1  christos    GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
   1336  1.1  christos    entries from the local GOT.  Note that this retry will always succeed as
   1337  1.1  christos    each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits.  After partitioning we
   1338  1.1  christos    end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs.  GOT entries in the
   1339  1.1  christos    big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets.  Note that big GOTs are
   1340  1.1  christos    positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
   1341  1.1  christos    to the outside world.
   1342  1.1  christos 
   1343  1.1  christos    After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section.  There we
   1344  1.1  christos    adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
   1345  1.1  christos    relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
   1346  1.1  christos    big GOT.
   1347  1.1  christos 
   1348  1.1  christos    Notes:
   1349  1.1  christos 
   1350  1.1  christos    GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
   1351  1.1  christos    * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1352  1.1  christos    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation.  We can have at most 0x40
   1353  1.1  christos    such entries in one GOT.
   1354  1.1  christos    * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1355  1.1  christos    R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
   1356  1.1  christos    We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
   1357  1.1  christos    * R_32 type is used in all other cases.  We can have as many
   1358  1.1  christos    such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
   1359  1.1  christos    When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
   1360  1.1  christos    ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
   1361  1.1  christos    to correctly detect overflow.
   1362  1.1  christos 
   1363  1.1  christos    Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
   1364  1.1  christos    R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
   1365  1.1  christos    R_32 entries go at the end.  See finalize_got_offsets for details.
   1366  1.1  christos 
   1367  1.1  christos    Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
   1368  1.1  christos    negative offsets.  As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
   1369  1.1  christos    start of .got section, the offset values are positive.  They become
   1370  1.1  christos    negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
   1371  1.1  christos    subtracted from them.
   1372  1.1  christos 
   1373  1.1  christos    3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
   1374  1.1  christos    by loader.  These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
   1375  1.1  christos    so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
   1376  1.1  christos 
   1377  1.1  christos    Memory management: All data except for hashtables
   1378  1.1  christos    multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
   1379  1.1  christos    elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
   1380  1.1  christos    to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them.  At the
   1381  1.1  christos    moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
   1382  1.1  christos    structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
   1383  1.1  christos    elf_m68k_multi_got (info).  We deallocate them in
   1384  1.1  christos    elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free.  */
   1385  1.1  christos 
   1386  1.1  christos /* Initialize GOT.  */
   1387  1.1  christos 
   1388  1.1  christos static void
   1389  1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1390  1.1  christos {
   1391  1.1  christos   got->entries = NULL;
   1392  1.1  christos   got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
   1393  1.1  christos   got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
   1394  1.1  christos   got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
   1395  1.1  christos   got->local_n_slots = 0;
   1396  1.1  christos   got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1397  1.1  christos }
   1398  1.1  christos 
   1399  1.1  christos /* Destruct GOT.  */
   1400  1.1  christos 
   1401  1.1  christos static void
   1402  1.1  christos elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1403  1.1  christos {
   1404  1.1  christos   if (got->entries != NULL)
   1405  1.1  christos     {
   1406  1.1  christos       htab_delete (got->entries);
   1407  1.1  christos       got->entries = NULL;
   1408  1.1  christos     }
   1409  1.1  christos }
   1410  1.1  christos 
   1411  1.1  christos /* Create and empty GOT structure.  INFO is the context where memory
   1412  1.1  christos    should be allocated.  */
   1413  1.1  christos 
   1414  1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_got *
   1415  1.1  christos elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1416  1.1  christos {
   1417  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   1418  1.1  christos 
   1419  1.1  christos   got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
   1420  1.1  christos   if (got == NULL)
   1421  1.1  christos     return NULL;
   1422  1.1  christos 
   1423  1.1  christos   elf_m68k_init_got (got);
   1424  1.1  christos 
   1425  1.1  christos   return got;
   1426  1.1  christos }
   1427  1.1  christos 
   1428  1.1  christos /* Initialize KEY.  */
   1429  1.1  christos 
   1430  1.1  christos static void
   1431  1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1432  1.1  christos 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1433  1.1  christos 			     const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
   1434  1.1  christos 			     enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
   1435  1.1  christos {
   1436  1.1  christos   if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   1437  1.1  christos     /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry.  */
   1438  1.1  christos     {
   1439  1.1  christos       key->bfd = NULL;
   1440  1.1  christos       key->symndx = 0;
   1441  1.1  christos     }
   1442  1.1  christos   else if (h != NULL)
   1443  1.1  christos     /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key.  */
   1444  1.1  christos     {
   1445  1.1  christos       key->bfd = NULL;
   1446  1.1  christos       key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
   1447  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
   1448  1.1  christos     }
   1449  1.1  christos   else
   1450  1.1  christos     /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx.  */
   1451  1.1  christos     {
   1452  1.1  christos       key->bfd = abfd;
   1453  1.1  christos       key->symndx = symndx;
   1454  1.1  christos     }
   1455  1.1  christos 
   1456  1.1  christos   key->type = reloc_type;
   1457  1.1  christos }
   1458  1.1  christos 
   1459  1.1  christos /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
   1460  1.1  christos    ??? Is it good?  */
   1461  1.1  christos 
   1462  1.1  christos static hashval_t
   1463  1.1  christos elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
   1464  1.1  christos {
   1465  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
   1466  1.1  christos 
   1467  1.1  christos   key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
   1468  1.1  christos 
   1469  1.1  christos   return (key->symndx
   1470  1.1  christos 	  + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
   1471  1.1  christos 	  + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
   1472  1.1  christos }
   1473  1.1  christos 
   1474  1.1  christos /* Check if two got entries are equal.  */
   1475  1.1  christos 
   1476  1.1  christos static int
   1477  1.1  christos elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
   1478  1.1  christos {
   1479  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
   1480  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
   1481  1.1  christos 
   1482  1.1  christos   key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
   1483  1.1  christos   key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
   1484  1.1  christos 
   1485  1.1  christos   return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
   1486  1.1  christos 	  && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
   1487  1.1  christos 	  && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
   1488  1.1  christos 	      == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
   1489  1.1  christos }
   1490  1.1  christos 
   1491  1.1  christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
   1492  1.1  christos    and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
   1493  1.1  christos    offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots.  */
   1494  1.1  christos 
   1495  1.1  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1496  1.1  christos #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1497  1.1  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1498  1.1  christos    ? (0x40 - 1)							\
   1499  1.1  christos    : 0x20)
   1500  1.1  christos 
   1501  1.1  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1502  1.1  christos #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1503  1.1  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1504  1.1  christos    ? (0x4000 - 2)						\
   1505  1.1  christos    : 0x2000)
   1506  1.1  christos 
   1507  1.1  christos /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
   1508  1.1  christos    the entry cannot be found.
   1509  1.1  christos    FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
   1510  1.1  christos    no such.
   1511  1.1  christos    MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
   1512  1.1  christos    MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one.  */
   1513  1.1  christos enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
   1514  1.1  christos   {
   1515  1.1  christos     SEARCH,
   1516  1.1  christos     FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1517  1.1  christos     MUST_FIND,
   1518  1.1  christos     MUST_CREATE
   1519  1.1  christos   };
   1520  1.1  christos 
   1521  1.1  christos /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
   1522  1.1  christos    INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
   1523  1.1  christos    HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND).  */
   1524  1.1  christos 
   1525  1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1526  1.1  christos elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1527  1.1  christos 			const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1528  1.1  christos 			enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1529  1.1  christos 			struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1530  1.1  christos {
   1531  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   1532  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1533  1.1  christos   void **ptr;
   1534  1.1  christos 
   1535  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1536  1.1  christos 
   1537  1.1  christos   if (got->entries == NULL)
   1538  1.1  christos     /* This is the first entry in ABFD.  Initialize hashtable.  */
   1539  1.1  christos     {
   1540  1.1  christos       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1541  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1542  1.1  christos 
   1543  1.1  christos       got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
   1544  1.1  christos 				      (info),
   1545  1.1  christos 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
   1546  1.1  christos 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
   1547  1.1  christos       if (got->entries == NULL)
   1548  1.1  christos 	{
   1549  1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1550  1.1  christos 	  return NULL;
   1551  1.1  christos 	}
   1552  1.1  christos     }
   1553  1.1  christos 
   1554  1.1  christos   entry_.key_ = *key;
   1555  1.1  christos   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1556  1.1  christos 						? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1557  1.1  christos   if (ptr == NULL)
   1558  1.1  christos     {
   1559  1.1  christos       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1560  1.1  christos 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1561  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1562  1.1  christos 
   1563  1.1  christos       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1564  1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1565  1.1  christos       return NULL;
   1566  1.1  christos     }
   1567  1.1  christos 
   1568  1.1  christos   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1569  1.1  christos     /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one.  */
   1570  1.1  christos     {
   1571  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1572  1.1  christos 
   1573  1.1  christos       entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
   1574  1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
   1575  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1576  1.1  christos 
   1577  1.1  christos       /* Initialize new entry.  */
   1578  1.1  christos       entry->key_ = *key;
   1579  1.1  christos 
   1580  1.1  christos       entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
   1581  1.1  christos 
   1582  1.1  christos       /* Mark the entry as not initialized.  */
   1583  1.1  christos       entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
   1584  1.1  christos 
   1585  1.1  christos       *ptr = entry;
   1586  1.1  christos     }
   1587  1.1  christos   else
   1588  1.1  christos     /* We found the entry.  */
   1589  1.1  christos     {
   1590  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1591  1.1  christos 
   1592  1.1  christos       entry = *ptr;
   1593  1.1  christos     }
   1594  1.1  christos 
   1595  1.1  christos   return entry;
   1596  1.1  christos }
   1597  1.1  christos 
   1598  1.1  christos /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
   1599  1.1  christos    Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set.  */
   1600  1.1  christos 
   1601  1.1  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
   1602  1.1  christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1603  1.1  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
   1604  1.1  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
   1605  1.1  christos {
   1606  1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
   1607  1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
   1608  1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1609  1.1  christos 
   1610  1.1  christos   if (was == R_68K_max)
   1611  1.1  christos     /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet.  */
   1612  1.1  christos     {
   1613  1.1  christos       /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32].  */
   1614  1.1  christos       was_size = R_LAST;
   1615  1.1  christos 
   1616  1.1  christos       was = new_reloc;
   1617  1.1  christos     }
   1618  1.1  christos   else
   1619  1.1  christos     {
   1620  1.1  christos       /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
   1621  1.1  christos 	 in such a case.  */
   1622  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
   1623  1.1  christos 		  == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
   1624  1.1  christos 
   1625  1.1  christos       was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
   1626  1.1  christos     }
   1627  1.1  christos 
   1628  1.1  christos   new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
   1629  1.1  christos   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
   1630  1.1  christos 
   1631  1.1  christos   while (was_size > new_size)
   1632  1.1  christos     {
   1633  1.1  christos       --was_size;
   1634  1.1  christos       got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
   1635  1.1  christos     }
   1636  1.1  christos 
   1637  1.1  christos   if (new_reloc > was)
   1638  1.1  christos     /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
   1639  1.1  christos        so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size.  */
   1640  1.1  christos     was = new_reloc;
   1641  1.1  christos 
   1642  1.1  christos   return was;
   1643  1.1  christos }
   1644  1.1  christos 
   1645  1.1  christos /* Update GOT counters when removing an entry of type TYPE.  */
   1646  1.1  christos 
   1647  1.1  christos static void
   1648  1.1  christos elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1649  1.1  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type)
   1650  1.1  christos {
   1651  1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size os;
   1652  1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1653  1.1  christos 
   1654  1.1  christos   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1655  1.1  christos 
   1656  1.1  christos   /* Decrese counter of slots with offset size corresponding to TYPE
   1657  1.1  christos      and all greater offset sizes.  */
   1658  1.1  christos   for (os = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (type); os <= R_32; ++os)
   1659  1.1  christos     {
   1660  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[os] >= n_slots);
   1661  1.1  christos 
   1662  1.1  christos       got->n_slots[os] -= n_slots;
   1663  1.1  christos     }
   1664  1.1  christos }
   1665  1.1  christos 
   1666  1.1  christos /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
   1667  1.1  christos    H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
   1668  1.1  christos    INFO is a context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1669  1.1  christos 
   1670  1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1671  1.1  christos elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1672  1.1  christos 			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1673  1.1  christos 			   const bfd *abfd,
   1674  1.1  christos 			   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
   1675  1.1  christos 			   unsigned long symndx,
   1676  1.1  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1677  1.1  christos {
   1678  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   1679  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1680  1.1  christos 
   1681  1.1  christos   if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
   1682  1.1  christos     elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
   1683  1.1  christos       = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
   1684  1.1  christos 
   1685  1.1  christos   elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
   1686  1.1  christos 
   1687  1.1  christos   entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   1688  1.1  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   1689  1.1  christos     return NULL;
   1690  1.1  christos 
   1691  1.1  christos   /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters.  */
   1692  1.1  christos   entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
   1693  1.1  christos 						     entry->key_.type,
   1694  1.1  christos 						     reloc_type);
   1695  1.1  christos 
   1696  1.1  christos   /* Update refcount.  */
   1697  1.1  christos   ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
   1698  1.1  christos 
   1699  1.1  christos   if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   1700  1.1  christos     /* We see this entry for the first time.  */
   1701  1.1  christos     {
   1702  1.1  christos       if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1703  1.1  christos 	got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   1704  1.1  christos     }
   1705  1.1  christos 
   1706  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   1707  1.1  christos 
   1708  1.1  christos   if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
   1709  1.1  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1710  1.1  christos       || (got->n_slots[R_16]
   1711  1.1  christos 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1712  1.1  christos     /* This BFD has too many relocation.  */
   1713  1.1  christos     {
   1714  1.1  christos       if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1715  1.1  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1716  1.1  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8-bit "
   1717  1.1  christos 				 "offset > %d"),
   1718  1.1  christos 			       abfd,
   1719  1.1  christos 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1720  1.1  christos       else
   1721  1.1  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1722  1.1  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
   1723  1.1  christos 				 "offset > %d"),
   1724  1.1  christos 			       abfd,
   1725  1.1  christos 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1726  1.1  christos 
   1727  1.1  christos       return NULL;
   1728  1.1  christos     }
   1729  1.1  christos 
   1730  1.1  christos   return entry;
   1731  1.1  christos }
   1732  1.1  christos 
   1733  1.1  christos /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry.  */
   1734  1.1  christos 
   1735  1.1  christos static hashval_t
   1736  1.1  christos elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
   1737  1.1  christos {
   1738  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
   1739  1.1  christos 
   1740  1.1  christos   e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
   1741  1.1  christos 
   1742  1.1  christos   return e->bfd->id;
   1743  1.1  christos }
   1744  1.1  christos 
   1745  1.1  christos /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd.  */
   1746  1.1  christos 
   1747  1.1  christos static int
   1748  1.1  christos elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
   1749  1.1  christos {
   1750  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
   1751  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
   1752  1.1  christos 
   1753  1.1  christos   e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
   1754  1.1  christos   e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
   1755  1.1  christos 
   1756  1.1  christos   return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
   1757  1.1  christos }
   1758  1.1  christos 
   1759  1.1  christos /* Destruct a bfd2got entry.  */
   1760  1.1  christos 
   1761  1.1  christos static void
   1762  1.1  christos elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
   1763  1.1  christos {
   1764  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1765  1.1  christos 
   1766  1.1  christos   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
   1767  1.1  christos 
   1768  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
   1769  1.1  christos   elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
   1770  1.1  christos }
   1771  1.1  christos 
   1772  1.1  christos /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
   1773  1.1  christos    MULTI_GOT.  ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for.  INFO is a context where
   1774  1.1  christos    memory should be allocated.  */
   1775  1.1  christos 
   1776  1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
   1777  1.1  christos elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
   1778  1.1  christos 			    const bfd *abfd,
   1779  1.1  christos 			    enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1780  1.1  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1781  1.1  christos {
   1782  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
   1783  1.1  christos   void **ptr;
   1784  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1785  1.1  christos 
   1786  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1787  1.1  christos 
   1788  1.1  christos   if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1789  1.1  christos     /* This is the first GOT.  Initialize bfd2got.  */
   1790  1.1  christos     {
   1791  1.1  christos       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1792  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1793  1.1  christos 
   1794  1.1  christos       multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
   1795  1.1  christos 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
   1796  1.1  christos 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
   1797  1.1  christos       if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1798  1.1  christos 	{
   1799  1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1800  1.1  christos 	  return NULL;
   1801  1.1  christos 	}
   1802  1.1  christos     }
   1803  1.1  christos 
   1804  1.1  christos   entry_.bfd = abfd;
   1805  1.1  christos   ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1806  1.1  christos 						      ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1807  1.1  christos   if (ptr == NULL)
   1808  1.1  christos     {
   1809  1.1  christos       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1810  1.1  christos 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1811  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1812  1.1  christos 
   1813  1.1  christos       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1814  1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1815  1.1  christos       return NULL;
   1816  1.1  christos     }
   1817  1.1  christos 
   1818  1.1  christos   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1819  1.1  christos     /* Entry was not found.  Create new one.  */
   1820  1.1  christos     {
   1821  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1822  1.1  christos 
   1823  1.1  christos       entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
   1824  1.1  christos 	       bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
   1825  1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
   1826  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1827  1.1  christos 
   1828  1.1  christos       entry->bfd = abfd;
   1829  1.1  christos 
   1830  1.1  christos       entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
   1831  1.1  christos       if (entry->got == NULL)
   1832  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1833  1.1  christos 
   1834  1.1  christos       *ptr = entry;
   1835  1.1  christos     }
   1836  1.1  christos   else
   1837  1.1  christos     {
   1838  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1839  1.1  christos 
   1840  1.1  christos       /* Return existing entry.  */
   1841  1.1  christos       entry = *ptr;
   1842  1.1  christos     }
   1843  1.1  christos 
   1844  1.1  christos   return entry;
   1845  1.1  christos }
   1846  1.1  christos 
   1847  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
   1848  1.1  christos {
   1849  1.1  christos   /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against.  */
   1850  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1851  1.1  christos 
   1852  1.1  christos   /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
   1853  1.1  christos      BIG.  */
   1854  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   1855  1.1  christos 
   1856  1.1  christos   /* Context where to allocate memory.  */
   1857  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1858  1.1  christos 
   1859  1.1  christos   /* Error flag.  */
   1860  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1861  1.1  christos };
   1862  1.1  christos 
   1863  1.1  christos /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
   1864  1.1  christos    or updated in the big GOT.  */
   1865  1.1  christos 
   1866  1.1  christos static int
   1867  1.1  christos elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1868  1.1  christos {
   1869  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
   1870  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1871  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
   1872  1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
   1873  1.1  christos 
   1874  1.1  christos   entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
   1875  1.1  christos   arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1876  1.1  christos 
   1877  1.1  christos   entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
   1878  1.1  christos 
   1879  1.1  christos   if (entry2 != NULL)
   1880  1.1  christos     /* We found an existing entry.  Check if we should update it.  */
   1881  1.1  christos     {
   1882  1.1  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1883  1.1  christos 					     entry2->key_.type,
   1884  1.1  christos 					     entry1->key_.type);
   1885  1.1  christos 
   1886  1.1  christos       if (type == entry2->key_.type)
   1887  1.1  christos 	/* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2.  Skip it.
   1888  1.1  christos 	   To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
   1889  1.1  christos 	   which we won't see in GOT entries for sure.  */
   1890  1.1  christos 	type = R_68K_max;
   1891  1.1  christos     }
   1892  1.1  christos   else
   1893  1.1  christos     /* We didn't find the entry.  Add entry1 to DIFF.  */
   1894  1.1  christos     {
   1895  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
   1896  1.1  christos 
   1897  1.1  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1898  1.1  christos 					     R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
   1899  1.1  christos 
   1900  1.1  christos       if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1901  1.1  christos 	arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1902  1.1  christos     }
   1903  1.1  christos 
   1904  1.1  christos   if (type != R_68K_max)
   1905  1.1  christos     /* Create an entry in DIFF.  */
   1906  1.1  christos     {
   1907  1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1908  1.1  christos 
   1909  1.1  christos       entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
   1910  1.1  christos 				      arg->info);
   1911  1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
   1912  1.1  christos 	{
   1913  1.1  christos 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1914  1.1  christos 	  return 0;
   1915  1.1  christos 	}
   1916  1.1  christos 
   1917  1.1  christos       entry->key_.type = type;
   1918  1.1  christos     }
   1919  1.1  christos 
   1920  1.1  christos   return 1;
   1921  1.1  christos }
   1922  1.1  christos 
   1923  1.1  christos /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
   1924  1.1  christos    Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
   1925  1.1  christos    in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
   1926  1.1  christos    INFO is the context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1927  1.1  christos 
   1928  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1929  1.1  christos elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1930  1.1  christos 			 const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
   1931  1.1  christos 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1932  1.1  christos 			 struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
   1933  1.1  christos {
   1934  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1935  1.1  christos 
   1936  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   1937  1.1  christos 
   1938  1.1  christos   arg_.big = big;
   1939  1.1  christos   arg_.diff = diff;
   1940  1.1  christos   arg_.info = info;
   1941  1.1  christos   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1942  1.1  christos   htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1943  1.1  christos   if (arg_.error_p)
   1944  1.1  christos     {
   1945  1.1  christos       diff->offset = 0;
   1946  1.1  christos       return FALSE;
   1947  1.1  christos     }
   1948  1.1  christos 
   1949  1.1  christos   /* Check for overflow.  */
   1950  1.1  christos   if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
   1951  1.1  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1952  1.1  christos       || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
   1953  1.1  christos 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1954  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1955  1.1  christos 
   1956  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1957  1.1  christos }
   1958  1.1  christos 
   1959  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
   1960  1.1  christos {
   1961  1.1  christos   /* The BIG got.  */
   1962  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1963  1.1  christos 
   1964  1.1  christos   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1965  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1966  1.1  christos 
   1967  1.1  christos   /* Error flag.  */
   1968  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1969  1.1  christos };
   1970  1.1  christos 
   1971  1.1  christos /* Process a single entry from DIFF got.  Add or update corresponding
   1972  1.1  christos    entry in the BIG got.  */
   1973  1.1  christos 
   1974  1.1  christos static int
   1975  1.1  christos elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1976  1.1  christos {
   1977  1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
   1978  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1979  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
   1980  1.1  christos 
   1981  1.1  christos   from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   1982  1.1  christos   arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1983  1.1  christos 
   1984  1.1  christos   to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1985  1.1  christos 			       arg->info);
   1986  1.1  christos   if (to == NULL)
   1987  1.1  christos     {
   1988  1.1  christos       arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1989  1.1  christos       return 0;
   1990  1.1  christos     }
   1991  1.1  christos 
   1992  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   1993  1.1  christos   /* All we need to merge is TYPE.  */
   1994  1.1  christos   to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
   1995  1.1  christos 
   1996  1.1  christos   return 1;
   1997  1.1  christos }
   1998  1.1  christos 
   1999  1.1  christos /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG.  INFO is context where memory should be
   2000  1.1  christos    allocated.  */
   2001  1.1  christos 
   2002  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2003  1.1  christos elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   2004  1.1  christos 		     struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
   2005  1.1  christos 		     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2006  1.1  christos {
   2007  1.1  christos   if (diff->entries != NULL)
   2008  1.1  christos     /* DIFF is not empty.  Merge it into BIG GOT.  */
   2009  1.1  christos     {
   2010  1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   2011  1.1  christos 
   2012  1.1  christos       /* Merge entries.  */
   2013  1.1  christos       arg_.big = big;
   2014  1.1  christos       arg_.info = info;
   2015  1.1  christos       arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   2016  1.1  christos       htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   2017  1.1  christos       if (arg_.error_p)
   2018  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   2019  1.1  christos 
   2020  1.1  christos       /* Merge counters.  */
   2021  1.1  christos       big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
   2022  1.1  christos       big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
   2023  1.1  christos       big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
   2024  1.1  christos       big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
   2025  1.1  christos     }
   2026  1.1  christos   else
   2027  1.1  christos     /* DIFF is empty.  */
   2028  1.1  christos     {
   2029  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
   2030  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
   2031  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
   2032  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
   2033  1.1  christos     }
   2034  1.1  christos 
   2035  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
   2036  1.1  christos 	      || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
   2037  1.1  christos 		   <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   2038  1.1  christos 		  && (big->n_slots[R_16]
   2039  1.1  christos 		      <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
   2040  1.1  christos 
   2041  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2042  1.1  christos }
   2043  1.1  christos 
   2044  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
   2045  1.1  christos {
   2046  1.1  christos   /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
   2047  1.1  christos      R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
   2048  1.1  christos      R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2049  1.1  christos   bfd_vma *offset1;
   2050  1.1  christos   bfd_vma *offset2;
   2051  1.1  christos 
   2052  1.1  christos   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2053  1.1  christos      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2054  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2055  1.1  christos 
   2056  1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2057  1.1  christos };
   2058  1.1  christos 
   2059  1.1  christos /* Assign ENTRY an offset.  Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
   2060  1.1  christos    along the way.  */
   2061  1.1  christos 
   2062  1.1  christos static int
   2063  1.1  christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   2064  1.1  christos {
   2065  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2066  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
   2067  1.1  christos 
   2068  1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
   2069  1.1  christos   bfd_vma entry_size;
   2070  1.1  christos 
   2071  1.1  christos   entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   2072  1.1  christos   arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
   2073  1.1  christos 
   2074  1.1  christos   /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots.  */
   2075  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2076  1.1  christos 
   2077  1.1  christos   /* Get GOT offset size for the entry .  */
   2078  1.1  christos   got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
   2079  1.1  christos 
   2080  1.1  christos   /* Calculate entry size in bytes.  */
   2081  1.1  christos   entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2082  1.1  christos 
   2083  1.1  christos   /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
   2084  1.1  christos   if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2085  1.1  christos       > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
   2086  1.1  christos     {
   2087  1.1  christos       /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
   2088  1.1  christos 	 got_offset_size.  If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
   2089  1.1  christos 	 range for got_offset_size entries in
   2090  1.1  christos 	 elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets.  */
   2091  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
   2092  1.1  christos 		  != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
   2093  1.1  christos 
   2094  1.1  christos       /* Switch.  */
   2095  1.1  christos       arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2096  1.1  christos       arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2097  1.1  christos 
   2098  1.1  christos       /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry.  */
   2099  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2100  1.1  christos 		  <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
   2101  1.1  christos     }
   2102  1.1  christos 
   2103  1.1  christos   /* Assign offset to entry.  */
   2104  1.1  christos   entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
   2105  1.1  christos   arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
   2106  1.1  christos 
   2107  1.1  christos   if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
   2108  1.1  christos     /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H.  */
   2109  1.1  christos     {
   2110  1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2111  1.1  christos 
   2112  1.1  christos       h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
   2113  1.1  christos       if (h != NULL)
   2114  1.1  christos 	{
   2115  1.1  christos 	  entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
   2116  1.1  christos 	  h->glist = entry;
   2117  1.1  christos 	}
   2118  1.1  christos       else
   2119  1.1  christos 	/* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then.  */
   2120  1.1  christos 	{
   2121  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
   2122  1.1  christos 		       == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   2123  1.1  christos 		      && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
   2124  1.1  christos 
   2125  1.1  christos 	  ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
   2126  1.1  christos 	}
   2127  1.1  christos     }
   2128  1.1  christos   else
   2129  1.1  christos     /* This entry is for local symbol.  */
   2130  1.1  christos     entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
   2131  1.1  christos 
   2132  1.1  christos   return 1;
   2133  1.1  christos }
   2134  1.1  christos 
   2135  1.1  christos /* Assign offsets within GOT.  USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
   2136  1.1  christos    should use negative offsets.
   2137  1.1  christos    Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
   2138  1.1  christos    SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
   2139  1.1  christos    global symbols.
   2140  1.1  christos    Return offset at which next GOT should start.  */
   2141  1.1  christos 
   2142  1.1  christos static void
   2143  1.1  christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2144  1.1  christos 			       bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
   2145  1.1  christos 			       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
   2146  1.1  christos 			       bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
   2147  1.1  christos {
   2148  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
   2149  1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
   2150  1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
   2151  1.1  christos   int i;
   2152  1.1  christos   bfd_vma start_offset;
   2153  1.1  christos 
   2154  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   2155  1.1  christos 
   2156  1.1  christos   /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
   2157  1.1  christos      start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
   2158  1.1  christos      finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
   2159  1.1  christos      from.  */
   2160  1.1  christos 
   2161  1.1  christos   /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2.  */
   2162  1.1  christos   arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
   2163  1.1  christos   arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
   2164  1.1  christos 
   2165  1.1  christos   start_offset = got->offset;
   2166  1.1  christos 
   2167  1.1  christos   if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2168  1.1  christos     /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2169  1.1  christos     i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
   2170  1.1  christos   else
   2171  1.1  christos     /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2172  1.1  christos     i = (int) R_8;
   2173  1.1  christos 
   2174  1.1  christos   for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2175  1.1  christos     {
   2176  1.1  christos       int j;
   2177  1.1  christos       size_t n;
   2178  1.1  christos 
   2179  1.1  christos       /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I.  */
   2180  1.1  christos       arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
   2181  1.1  christos 
   2182  1.1  christos       /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets.  */
   2183  1.1  christos       j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
   2184  1.1  christos       n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
   2185  1.1  christos       n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
   2186  1.1  christos 
   2187  1.1  christos       if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
   2188  1.1  christos 	{
   2189  1.1  christos 	  if (i < 0)
   2190  1.1  christos 	    /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
   2191  1.1  christos 	       end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
   2192  1.1  christos 	       whole 2-slot entry.  Account for that at negative side of
   2193  1.1  christos 	       the interval with one additional entry.  */
   2194  1.1  christos 	    n = n / 2 + 1;
   2195  1.1  christos 	  else
   2196  1.1  christos 	    /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
   2197  1.1  christos 	       range one entry bigger.  */
   2198  1.1  christos 	    n = (n + 1) / 2;
   2199  1.1  christos 	}
   2200  1.1  christos 
   2201  1.1  christos       /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
   2202  1.1  christos 	 Calculate length of the range for I offsets.  */
   2203  1.1  christos       n = 4 * n;
   2204  1.1  christos 
   2205  1.1  christos       /* Set end of the range.  */
   2206  1.1  christos       arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
   2207  1.1  christos 
   2208  1.1  christos       start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
   2209  1.1  christos     }
   2210  1.1  christos 
   2211  1.1  christos   if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2212  1.1  christos     /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
   2213  1.1  christos        elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
   2214  1.1  christos        the bug.  */
   2215  1.1  christos     for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
   2216  1.1  christos       arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
   2217  1.1  christos 
   2218  1.1  christos   /* Setup got->offset.  offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
   2219  1.1  christos      beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p.  */
   2220  1.1  christos   got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
   2221  1.1  christos 
   2222  1.1  christos   arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
   2223  1.1  christos   arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
   2224  1.1  christos 
   2225  1.1  christos   /* Assign offsets.  */
   2226  1.1  christos   htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
   2227  1.1  christos 
   2228  1.1  christos   /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned.  */
   2229  1.1  christos   for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2230  1.1  christos     BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
   2231  1.1  christos 
   2232  1.1  christos   *final_offset = start_offset;
   2233  1.1  christos   *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
   2234  1.1  christos }
   2235  1.1  christos 
   2236  1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
   2237  1.1  christos {
   2238  1.1  christos   /* The GOT we are adding entries to.  Aka big got.  */
   2239  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
   2240  1.1  christos 
   2241  1.1  christos   /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2242  1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset;
   2243  1.1  christos 
   2244  1.1  christos   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   2245  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2246  1.1  christos 
   2247  1.1  christos   /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
   2248  1.1  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2249  1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   2250  1.1  christos 
   2251  1.1  christos   /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
   2252  1.1  christos      and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
   2253  1.1  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section.  */
   2254  1.1  christos   bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
   2255  1.1  christos 
   2256  1.1  christos   /* Error flag.  */
   2257  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean error_p;
   2258  1.1  christos 
   2259  1.1  christos   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2260  1.1  christos      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2261  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2262  1.1  christos };
   2263  1.1  christos 
   2264  1.1  christos static void
   2265  1.1  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
   2266  1.1  christos {
   2267  1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2268  1.1  christos 
   2269  1.1  christos   elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
   2270  1.1  christos 				 (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
   2271  1.1  christos 				  ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
   2272  1.1  christos 				 arg->symndx2h,
   2273  1.1  christos 				 &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
   2274  1.1  christos 
   2275  1.1  christos   arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
   2276  1.1  christos 
   2277  1.1  christos   if (!arg->info->shared)
   2278  1.1  christos     /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
   2279  1.1  christos        output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
   2280  1.1  christos        linker can adjust this GOT entry.  Overwise we
   2281  1.1  christos        don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols.  */
   2282  1.1  christos     arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
   2283  1.1  christos 
   2284  1.1  christos   /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
   2285  1.1  christos      one relocation.  Account for that.  */
   2286  1.1  christos   arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
   2287  1.1  christos 
   2288  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
   2289  1.1  christos }
   2290  1.1  christos 
   2291  1.1  christos 
   2292  1.1  christos /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
   2293  1.1  christos    or start a new CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2294  1.1  christos 
   2295  1.1  christos static int
   2296  1.1  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
   2297  1.1  christos {
   2298  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   2299  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2300  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2301  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
   2302  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   2303  1.1  christos 
   2304  1.1  christos   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
   2305  1.1  christos   arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2306  1.1  christos 
   2307  1.1  christos   got = entry->got;
   2308  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2309  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2310  1.1  christos 
   2311  1.1  christos   diff = NULL;
   2312  1.1  christos 
   2313  1.1  christos   if (arg->current_got != NULL)
   2314  1.1  christos     /* Construct diff.  */
   2315  1.1  christos     {
   2316  1.1  christos       diff = &diff_;
   2317  1.1  christos       elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
   2318  1.1  christos 
   2319  1.1  christos       if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
   2320  1.1  christos 	{
   2321  1.1  christos 	  if (diff->offset == 0)
   2322  1.1  christos 	    /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error.  */
   2323  1.1  christos 	    {
   2324  1.1  christos 	      arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2325  1.1  christos 	      goto final_return;
   2326  1.1  christos 	    }
   2327  1.1  christos 
   2328  1.1  christos 	  if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
   2329  1.1  christos 	    {
   2330  1.1  christos 	      elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2331  1.1  christos 	      /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one.  */
   2332  1.1  christos 	      diff = NULL;
   2333  1.1  christos 	    }
   2334  1.1  christos 	  /* else
   2335  1.1  christos 	     Merge GOTs no matter what.  If big GOT overflows,
   2336  1.1  christos 	     we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
   2337  1.1  christos 
   2338  1.1  christos 	     ??? May be fail earlier?  E.g., in can_merge_gots.  */
   2339  1.1  christos 	}
   2340  1.1  christos     }
   2341  1.1  christos   else
   2342  1.1  christos     /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself.  */
   2343  1.1  christos     {
   2344  1.1  christos       /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to.  */
   2345  1.1  christos       arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
   2346  1.1  christos       if (arg->current_got == NULL)
   2347  1.1  christos 	{
   2348  1.1  christos 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2349  1.1  christos 	  goto final_return;
   2350  1.1  christos 	}
   2351  1.1  christos 
   2352  1.1  christos       arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
   2353  1.1  christos 
   2354  1.1  christos       diff = got;
   2355  1.1  christos     }
   2356  1.1  christos 
   2357  1.1  christos   if (diff != NULL)
   2358  1.1  christos     {
   2359  1.1  christos       if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
   2360  1.1  christos 	{
   2361  1.1  christos 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2362  1.1  christos 	  goto final_return;
   2363  1.1  christos 	}
   2364  1.1  christos 
   2365  1.1  christos       /* Now we can free GOT.  */
   2366  1.1  christos       elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
   2367  1.1  christos 
   2368  1.1  christos       entry->got = arg->current_got;
   2369  1.1  christos     }
   2370  1.1  christos   else
   2371  1.1  christos     {
   2372  1.1  christos       /* Finish up current_got.  */
   2373  1.1  christos       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
   2374  1.1  christos 
   2375  1.1  christos       /* Schedule to start a new current_got.  */
   2376  1.1  christos       arg->current_got = NULL;
   2377  1.1  christos 
   2378  1.1  christos       /* Retry.  */
   2379  1.1  christos       if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
   2380  1.1  christos 	{
   2381  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
   2382  1.1  christos 	  goto final_return;
   2383  1.1  christos 	}
   2384  1.1  christos     }
   2385  1.1  christos 
   2386  1.1  christos  final_return:
   2387  1.1  christos   if (diff != NULL)
   2388  1.1  christos     elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2389  1.1  christos 
   2390  1.1  christos   return arg->error_p == FALSE ? 1 : 0;
   2391  1.1  christos }
   2392  1.1  christos 
   2393  1.1  christos /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping.  */
   2394  1.1  christos 
   2395  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2396  1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
   2397  1.1  christos 			  void *_arg)
   2398  1.1  christos {
   2399  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2400  1.1  christos 
   2401  1.1  christos   h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
   2402  1.1  christos 
   2403  1.1  christos   if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
   2404  1.1  christos     /* H has at least one entry in the GOT.  */
   2405  1.1  christos     {
   2406  1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2407  1.1  christos 
   2408  1.1  christos       arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2409  1.1  christos 
   2410  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
   2411  1.1  christos       arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
   2412  1.1  christos     }
   2413  1.1  christos 
   2414  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2415  1.1  christos }
   2416  1.1  christos 
   2417  1.1  christos /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
   2418  1.1  christos    lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
   2419  1.1  christos    Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2420  1.1  christos 
   2421  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2422  1.1  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2423  1.1  christos {
   2424  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
   2425  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
   2426  1.1  christos 
   2427  1.1  christos   multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
   2428  1.1  christos 
   2429  1.1  christos   arg_.current_got = NULL;
   2430  1.1  christos   arg_.offset = 0;
   2431  1.1  christos   arg_.info = info;
   2432  1.1  christos   arg_.n_slots = 0;
   2433  1.1  christos   arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
   2434  1.1  christos   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   2435  1.1  christos 
   2436  1.1  christos   if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
   2437  1.1  christos     {
   2438  1.1  christos       /* Initialize symndx2h mapping.  */
   2439  1.1  christos       {
   2440  1.1  christos 	arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
   2441  1.1  christos 				     * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
   2442  1.1  christos 	if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
   2443  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   2444  1.1  christos 
   2445  1.1  christos 	elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   2446  1.1  christos 				elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
   2447  1.1  christos       }
   2448  1.1  christos 
   2449  1.1  christos       /* Partition.  */
   2450  1.1  christos       htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
   2451  1.1  christos 		     &arg_);
   2452  1.1  christos       if (arg_.error_p)
   2453  1.1  christos 	{
   2454  1.1  christos 	  free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2455  1.1  christos 	  arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
   2456  1.1  christos 
   2457  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   2458  1.1  christos 	}
   2459  1.1  christos 
   2460  1.1  christos       /* Finish up last current_got.  */
   2461  1.1  christos       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
   2462  1.1  christos 
   2463  1.1  christos       free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2464  1.1  christos     }
   2465  1.1  christos 
   2466  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
   2467  1.1  christos     /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2468  1.1  christos     {
   2469  1.1  christos       asection *s;
   2470  1.1  christos 
   2471  1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".got");
   2472  1.1  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2473  1.1  christos 	s->size = arg_.offset;
   2474  1.1  christos       else
   2475  1.1  christos 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
   2476  1.1  christos 
   2477  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
   2478  1.1  christos       arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
   2479  1.1  christos 
   2480  1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2481  1.1  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2482  1.1  christos 	s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2483  1.1  christos       else
   2484  1.1  christos 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
   2485  1.1  christos     }
   2486  1.1  christos   else
   2487  1.1  christos     BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
   2488  1.1  christos 
   2489  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2490  1.1  christos }
   2491  1.1  christos 
   2492  1.1  christos /* Specialized version of elf_m68k_get_got_entry that returns pointer
   2493  1.1  christos    to hashtable slot, thus allowing removal of entry via
   2494  1.1  christos    elf_m68k_remove_got_entry.  */
   2495  1.1  christos 
   2496  1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_got_entry **
   2497  1.1  christos elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2498  1.1  christos 			     struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key)
   2499  1.1  christos {
   2500  1.1  christos   void **ptr;
   2501  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   2502  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr;
   2503  1.1  christos 
   2504  1.1  christos   entry_.key_ = *key;
   2505  1.1  christos   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, NO_INSERT);
   2506  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (ptr != NULL);
   2507  1.1  christos 
   2508  1.1  christos   entry_ptr = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry **) ptr;
   2509  1.1  christos 
   2510  1.1  christos   return entry_ptr;
   2511  1.1  christos }
   2512  1.1  christos 
   2513  1.1  christos /* Remove entry pointed to by ENTRY_PTR from GOT.  */
   2514  1.1  christos 
   2515  1.1  christos static void
   2516  1.1  christos elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2517  1.1  christos 			   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr)
   2518  1.1  christos {
   2519  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2520  1.1  christos 
   2521  1.1  christos   entry = *entry_ptr;
   2522  1.1  christos 
   2523  1.1  christos   /* Check that offsets have not been finalized yet.  */
   2524  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2525  1.1  christos   /* Check that this entry is indeed unused.  */
   2526  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2527  1.1  christos 
   2528  1.1  christos   elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (got, entry->key_.type);
   2529  1.1  christos 
   2530  1.1  christos   if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   2531  1.1  christos     got->local_n_slots -= elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2532  1.1  christos 
   2533  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   2534  1.1  christos 
   2535  1.1  christos   htab_clear_slot (got->entries, (void **) entry_ptr);
   2536  1.1  christos }
   2537  1.1  christos 
   2538  1.1  christos /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
   2539  1.1  christos    symbol to a newly created symbol.  Also called to copy flags and
   2540  1.1  christos    other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
   2541  1.1  christos    newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
   2542  1.1  christos    be copied.  */
   2543  1.1  christos 
   2544  1.1  christos static void
   2545  1.1  christos elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2546  1.1  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
   2547  1.1  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
   2548  1.1  christos {
   2549  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
   2550  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
   2551  1.1  christos 
   2552  1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
   2553  1.1  christos 
   2554  1.1  christos   if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2555  1.1  christos     return;
   2556  1.1  christos 
   2557  1.1  christos   dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
   2558  1.1  christos   ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
   2559  1.1  christos 
   2560  1.1  christos   /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
   2561  1.1  christos      definition will be against the target symbol.  */
   2562  1.1  christos   _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
   2563  1.1  christos 
   2564  1.1  christos   /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
   2565  1.1  christos      Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
   2566  1.1  christos      assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
   2567  1.1  christos      at the same time.  */
   2568  1.1  christos   if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
   2569  1.1  christos     {
   2570  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
   2571  1.1  christos       /* Assert that GOTs aren't partioned yet.  */
   2572  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
   2573  1.1  christos 
   2574  1.1  christos       dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
   2575  1.1  christos       ind->got_entry_key = 0;
   2576  1.1  christos     }
   2577  1.1  christos }
   2578  1.1  christos 
   2579  1.1  christos /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   2580  1.1  christos    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   2581  1.1  christos    table.  */
   2582  1.1  christos 
   2583  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2584  1.1  christos elf_m68k_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   2585  1.1  christos      bfd *abfd;
   2586  1.1  christos      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2587  1.1  christos      asection *sec;
   2588  1.1  christos      const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
   2589  1.1  christos {
   2590  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2591  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2592  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2593  1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2594  1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   2595  1.1  christos   asection *sgot;
   2596  1.1  christos   asection *srelgot;
   2597  1.1  christos   asection *sreloc;
   2598  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2599  1.1  christos 
   2600  1.1  christos   if (info->relocatable)
   2601  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2602  1.1  christos 
   2603  1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2604  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2605  1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2606  1.1  christos 
   2607  1.1  christos   sgot = NULL;
   2608  1.1  christos   srelgot = NULL;
   2609  1.1  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   2610  1.1  christos 
   2611  1.1  christos   got = NULL;
   2612  1.1  christos 
   2613  1.1  christos   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2614  1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2615  1.1  christos     {
   2616  1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2617  1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2618  1.1  christos 
   2619  1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2620  1.1  christos 
   2621  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2622  1.1  christos 	h = NULL;
   2623  1.1  christos       else
   2624  1.1  christos 	{
   2625  1.1  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2626  1.1  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2627  1.1  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2628  1.1  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2629  1.1  christos 	}
   2630  1.1  christos 
   2631  1.1  christos       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2632  1.1  christos 	{
   2633  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2634  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2635  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2636  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   2637  1.1  christos 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2638  1.1  christos 	    break;
   2639  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2640  1.1  christos 
   2641  1.1  christos 	  /* Relative GOT relocations.  */
   2642  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2643  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2644  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2645  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2646  1.1  christos 
   2647  1.1  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2648  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2649  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2650  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2651  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2652  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2653  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2654  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2655  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2656  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2657  1.1  christos 
   2658  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   2659  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2660  1.1  christos 
   2661  1.1  christos 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
   2662  1.1  christos 	      && info->shared)
   2663  1.1  christos 	    /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS.  */
   2664  1.1  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   2665  1.1  christos 
   2666  1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   2667  1.1  christos 
   2668  1.1  christos 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   2669  1.1  christos 	    {
   2670  1.1  christos 	      /* Create the .got section.  */
   2671  1.1  christos 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   2672  1.1  christos 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2673  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2674  1.1  christos 	    }
   2675  1.1  christos 
   2676  1.1  christos 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   2677  1.1  christos 	    {
   2678  1.1  christos 	      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
   2679  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   2680  1.1  christos 	    }
   2681  1.1  christos 
   2682  1.1  christos 	  if (srelgot == NULL
   2683  1.1  christos 	      && (h != NULL || info->shared))
   2684  1.1  christos 	    {
   2685  1.1  christos 	      srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2686  1.1  christos 	      if (srelgot == NULL)
   2687  1.1  christos 		{
   2688  1.1  christos 		  srelgot = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
   2689  1.1  christos 							 ".rela.got",
   2690  1.1  christos 							 (SEC_ALLOC
   2691  1.1  christos 							  | SEC_LOAD
   2692  1.1  christos 							  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2693  1.1  christos 							  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2694  1.1  christos 							  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2695  1.1  christos 							  | SEC_READONLY));
   2696  1.1  christos 		  if (srelgot == NULL
   2697  1.1  christos 		      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
   2698  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   2699  1.1  christos 		}
   2700  1.1  christos 	    }
   2701  1.1  christos 
   2702  1.1  christos 	  if (got == NULL)
   2703  1.1  christos 	    {
   2704  1.1  christos 	      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   2705  1.1  christos 
   2706  1.1  christos 	      bfd2got_entry
   2707  1.1  christos 		= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   2708  1.1  christos 					      abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   2709  1.1  christos 	      if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
   2710  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2711  1.1  christos 
   2712  1.1  christos 	      got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   2713  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2714  1.1  christos 	    }
   2715  1.1  christos 
   2716  1.1  christos 	  {
   2717  1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   2718  1.1  christos 
   2719  1.1  christos 	    /* Add entry to got.  */
   2720  1.1  christos 	    got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
   2721  1.1  christos 						   ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
   2722  1.1  christos 						   r_symndx, info);
   2723  1.1  christos 	    if (got_entry == NULL)
   2724  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   2725  1.1  christos 
   2726  1.1  christos 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   2727  1.1  christos 	      {
   2728  1.1  christos 		/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2729  1.1  christos 		if (h != NULL
   2730  1.1  christos 		    && h->dynindx == -1
   2731  1.1  christos 		    && !h->forced_local)
   2732  1.1  christos 		  {
   2733  1.1  christos 		    if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2734  1.1  christos 		      return FALSE;
   2735  1.1  christos 		  }
   2736  1.1  christos 	      }
   2737  1.1  christos 	  }
   2738  1.1  christos 
   2739  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2740  1.1  christos 
   2741  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   2742  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   2743  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   2744  1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   2745  1.1  christos 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   2746  1.1  christos              because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   2747  1.1  christos              never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   2748  1.1  christos              don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   2749  1.1  christos              after all.  */
   2750  1.1  christos 
   2751  1.1  christos 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   2752  1.1  christos 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2753  1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   2754  1.1  christos 	    continue;
   2755  1.1  christos 
   2756  1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2757  1.1  christos 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2758  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2759  1.1  christos 
   2760  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   2761  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   2762  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   2763  1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2764  1.1  christos 
   2765  1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   2766  1.1  christos 	    {
   2767  1.1  christos 	      /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
   2768  1.1  christos 		 local symbol.  FIXME: does it?  How to handle it if
   2769  1.1  christos 		 it does make sense?  */
   2770  1.1  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2771  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   2772  1.1  christos 	    }
   2773  1.1  christos 
   2774  1.1  christos 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2775  1.1  christos 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2776  1.1  christos 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2777  1.1  christos 	    {
   2778  1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2779  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2780  1.1  christos 	    }
   2781  1.1  christos 
   2782  1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2783  1.1  christos 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2784  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2785  1.1  christos 
   2786  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC8:
   2787  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC16:
   2788  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   2789  1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   2790  1.1  christos 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   2791  1.1  christos 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   2792  1.1  christos 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   2793  1.1  christos 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   2794  1.1  christos 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   2795  1.1  christos 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   2796  1.1  christos 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   2797  1.1  christos 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   2798  1.1  christos 	     pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry.  */
   2799  1.1  christos 	  if (!(info->shared
   2800  1.1  christos 		&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   2801  1.1  christos 		&& h != NULL
   2802  1.1  christos 		&& (!info->symbolic
   2803  1.1  christos 		    || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   2804  1.1  christos 		    || !h->def_regular)))
   2805  1.1  christos 	    {
   2806  1.1  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   2807  1.1  christos 		{
   2808  1.1  christos 		  /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
   2809  1.1  christos 		     it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
   2810  1.1  christos 		     object.  */
   2811  1.1  christos 		  h->plt.refcount++;
   2812  1.1  christos 		}
   2813  1.1  christos 	      break;
   2814  1.1  christos 	    }
   2815  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2816  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_8:
   2817  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_16:
   2818  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   2819  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   2820  1.1  christos 	    {
   2821  1.1  christos 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   2822  1.1  christos 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   2823  1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   2824  1.1  christos 
   2825  1.1  christos 	      if (!info->shared)
   2826  1.1  christos 		/* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference.  */
   2827  1.1  christos 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   2828  1.1  christos 	    }
   2829  1.1  christos 
   2830  1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
   2831  1.1  christos 	     reloc into the shared library.  */
   2832  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared
   2833  1.1  christos 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   2834  1.1  christos 	    {
   2835  1.1  christos 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   2836  1.1  christos 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   2837  1.1  christos 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   2838  1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   2839  1.1  christos 		{
   2840  1.1  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   2841  1.1  christos 		    (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   2842  1.1  christos 
   2843  1.1  christos 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   2844  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   2845  1.1  christos 		}
   2846  1.1  christos 
   2847  1.1  christos 	      if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
   2848  1.1  christos 		  /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
   2849  1.1  christos 		     relocations, they might be discarded later.  */
   2850  1.1  christos 		  && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2851  1.1  christos 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2852  1.1  christos 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
   2853  1.1  christos 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2854  1.1  christos 
   2855  1.1  christos 	      sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2856  1.1  christos 
   2857  1.1  christos 	      /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   2858  1.1  christos 		 entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   2859  1.1  christos 		 again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
   2860  1.1  christos 		 defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
   2861  1.1  christos 		 case, the symbol is forced to be local.  Note that this
   2862  1.1  christos 		 function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
   2863  1.1  christos 		 hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
   2864  1.1  christos 		 elf_m68k_link_hash_entry.  */
   2865  1.1  christos 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2866  1.1  christos 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2867  1.1  christos 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
   2868  1.1  christos 		{
   2869  1.1  christos 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   2870  1.1  christos 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
   2871  1.1  christos 
   2872  1.1  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   2873  1.1  christos 		    {
   2874  1.1  christos 		      struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
   2875  1.1  christos 			= elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
   2876  1.1  christos 		      head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   2877  1.1  christos 		    }
   2878  1.1  christos 		  else
   2879  1.1  christos 		    {
   2880  1.1  christos 		      asection *s;
   2881  1.1  christos 		      void *vpp;
   2882  1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   2883  1.1  christos 
   2884  1.1  christos 		      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
   2885  1.1  christos 						    abfd, r_symndx);
   2886  1.1  christos 		      if (isym == NULL)
   2887  1.1  christos 			return FALSE;
   2888  1.1  christos 
   2889  1.1  christos 		      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   2890  1.1  christos 		      if (s == NULL)
   2891  1.1  christos 			s = sec;
   2892  1.1  christos 
   2893  1.1  christos 		      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   2894  1.1  christos 		      head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
   2895  1.1  christos 		    }
   2896  1.1  christos 
   2897  1.1  christos 		  for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2898  1.1  christos 		    if (p->section == sreloc)
   2899  1.1  christos 		      break;
   2900  1.1  christos 
   2901  1.1  christos 		  if (p == NULL)
   2902  1.1  christos 		    {
   2903  1.1  christos 		      p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   2904  1.1  christos 			   bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   2905  1.1  christos 		      if (p == NULL)
   2906  1.1  christos 			return FALSE;
   2907  1.1  christos 		      p->next = *head;
   2908  1.1  christos 		      *head = p;
   2909  1.1  christos 		      p->section = sreloc;
   2910  1.1  christos 		      p->count = 0;
   2911  1.1  christos 		    }
   2912  1.1  christos 
   2913  1.1  christos 		  ++p->count;
   2914  1.1  christos 		}
   2915  1.1  christos 	    }
   2916  1.1  christos 
   2917  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2918  1.1  christos 
   2919  1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   2920  1.1  christos 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   2921  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2922  1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   2923  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2924  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2925  1.1  christos 
   2926  1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   2927  1.1  christos 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   2928  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2929  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   2930  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   2931  1.1  christos 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   2932  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2933  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2934  1.1  christos 
   2935  1.1  christos 	default:
   2936  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2937  1.1  christos 	}
   2938  1.1  christos     }
   2939  1.1  christos 
   2940  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2941  1.1  christos }
   2942  1.1  christos 
   2943  1.1  christos /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2944  1.1  christos    relocation.  */
   2945  1.1  christos 
   2946  1.1  christos static asection *
   2947  1.1  christos elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2948  1.1  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2949  1.1  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2950  1.1  christos 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2951  1.1  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2952  1.1  christos {
   2953  1.1  christos   if (h != NULL)
   2954  1.1  christos     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2955  1.1  christos       {
   2956  1.1  christos       case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2957  1.1  christos       case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2958  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   2959  1.1  christos       }
   2960  1.1  christos 
   2961  1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2962  1.1  christos }
   2963  1.1  christos 
   2964  1.1  christos /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
   2965  1.1  christos 
   2966  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2967  1.1  christos elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
   2968  1.1  christos 			struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2969  1.1  christos 			asection *sec,
   2970  1.1  christos 			const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2971  1.1  christos {
   2972  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2973  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2974  1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   2975  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2976  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2977  1.1  christos 
   2978  1.1  christos   if (info->relocatable)
   2979  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2980  1.1  christos 
   2981  1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2982  1.1  christos   if (dynobj == NULL)
   2983  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2984  1.1  christos 
   2985  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2986  1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2987  1.1  christos   got = NULL;
   2988  1.1  christos 
   2989  1.1  christos   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2990  1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   2991  1.1  christos     {
   2992  1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2993  1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   2994  1.1  christos 
   2995  1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2996  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2997  1.1  christos 	{
   2998  1.1  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2999  1.1  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3000  1.1  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3001  1.1  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3002  1.1  christos 	}
   3003  1.1  christos 
   3004  1.1  christos       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   3005  1.1  christos 	{
   3006  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   3007  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   3008  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   3009  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   3010  1.1  christos 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3011  1.1  christos 	    break;
   3012  1.1  christos 
   3013  1.1  christos 	  /* FALLTHRU */
   3014  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   3015  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   3016  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3017  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3018  1.1  christos 
   3019  1.1  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   3020  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   3021  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   3022  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3023  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   3024  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   3025  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3026  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   3027  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   3028  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3029  1.1  christos 
   3030  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   3031  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   3032  1.1  christos 
   3033  1.1  christos 	  if (got == NULL)
   3034  1.1  christos 	    {
   3035  1.1  christos 	      got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3036  1.1  christos 						abfd, MUST_FIND, NULL)->got;
   3037  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3038  1.1  christos 	    }
   3039  1.1  christos 
   3040  1.1  christos 	  {
   3041  1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3042  1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry **got_entry_ptr;
   3043  1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   3044  1.1  christos 
   3045  1.1  christos 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, r_symndx,
   3046  1.1  christos 					 ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
   3047  1.1  christos 	    got_entry_ptr = elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (got, &key_);
   3048  1.1  christos 
   3049  1.1  christos 	    got_entry = *got_entry_ptr;
   3050  1.1  christos 
   3051  1.1  christos 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount > 0)
   3052  1.1  christos 	      {
   3053  1.1  christos 		--got_entry->u.s1.refcount;
   3054  1.1  christos 
   3055  1.1  christos 		if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 0)
   3056  1.1  christos 		  /* We don't need the .got entry any more.  */
   3057  1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (got, got_entry_ptr);
   3058  1.1  christos 	      }
   3059  1.1  christos 	  }
   3060  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3061  1.1  christos 
   3062  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3063  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3064  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3065  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3066  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3067  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3068  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC8:
   3069  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC16:
   3070  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   3071  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_8:
   3072  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_16:
   3073  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   3074  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3075  1.1  christos 	    {
   3076  1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
   3077  1.1  christos 		--h->plt.refcount;
   3078  1.1  christos 	    }
   3079  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3080  1.1  christos 
   3081  1.1  christos 	default:
   3082  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3083  1.1  christos 	}
   3084  1.1  christos     }
   3085  1.1  christos 
   3086  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3087  1.1  christos }
   3088  1.1  christos 
   3089  1.1  christos /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD.  */
   3091  1.1  christos 
   3092  1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
   3093  1.1  christos elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
   3094  1.1  christos {
   3095  1.1  christos   unsigned int features;
   3096  1.1  christos 
   3097  1.1  christos   features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
   3098  1.1  christos   if (features & cpu32)
   3099  1.1  christos     return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
   3100  1.1  christos   if (features & mcfisa_b)
   3101  1.1  christos     return &elf_isab_plt_info;
   3102  1.1  christos   if (features & mcfisa_c)
   3103  1.1  christos     return &elf_isac_plt_info;
   3104  1.1  christos   return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
   3105  1.1  christos }
   3106  1.1  christos 
   3107  1.1  christos /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   3108  1.1  christos    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   3109  1.1  christos    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   3110  1.1  christos 
   3111  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3112  1.1  christos elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3113  1.1  christos {
   3114  1.1  christos   /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
   3115  1.1  christos      sections.  */
   3116  1.1  christos   if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
   3117  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   3118  1.1  christos 
   3119  1.1  christos   elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
   3120  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3121  1.1  christos }
   3122  1.1  christos 
   3123  1.1  christos /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   3124  1.1  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   3125  1.1  christos    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   3126  1.1  christos    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   3127  1.1  christos    understand.  */
   3128  1.1  christos 
   3129  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3130  1.1  christos elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
   3131  1.1  christos      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   3132  1.1  christos      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3133  1.1  christos {
   3134  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   3135  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   3136  1.1  christos   asection *s;
   3137  1.1  christos 
   3138  1.1  christos   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   3139  1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3140  1.1  christos 
   3141  1.1  christos   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   3142  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   3143  1.1  christos 	      && (h->needs_plt
   3144  1.1  christos 		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
   3145  1.1  christos 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   3146  1.1  christos 		      && h->ref_regular
   3147  1.1  christos 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   3148  1.1  christos 
   3149  1.1  christos   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   3150  1.1  christos      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   3151  1.1  christos      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   3152  1.1  christos   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   3153  1.1  christos       || h->needs_plt)
   3154  1.1  christos     {
   3155  1.1  christos       if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
   3156  1.1  christos            || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   3157  1.1  christos 	   || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   3158  1.1  christos 	       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3159  1.1  christos 	  /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
   3160  1.1  christos 	     by a PLTxxO relocation.  In this case we already recorded
   3161  1.1  christos 	     it as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3162  1.1  christos 	  && h->dynindx == -1)
   3163  1.1  christos 	{
   3164  1.1  christos 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
   3165  1.1  christos 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   3166  1.1  christos 	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
   3167  1.1  christos 	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
   3168  1.1  christos 	     linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead.  */
   3169  1.1  christos 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3170  1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   3171  1.1  christos 	  return TRUE;
   3172  1.1  christos 	}
   3173  1.1  christos 
   3174  1.1  christos       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3175  1.1  christos       if (h->dynindx == -1
   3176  1.1  christos 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3177  1.1  christos 	{
   3178  1.1  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3179  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3180  1.1  christos 	}
   3181  1.1  christos 
   3182  1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   3183  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3184  1.1  christos 
   3185  1.1  christos       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   3186  1.1  christos 	 first entry.  */
   3187  1.1  christos       if (s->size == 0)
   3188  1.1  christos 	s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
   3189  1.1  christos 
   3190  1.1  christos       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   3191  1.1  christos 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   3192  1.1  christos 	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   3193  1.1  christos 	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   3194  1.1  christos 	 the shared library.  */
   3195  1.1  christos       if (!info->shared
   3196  1.1  christos 	  && !h->def_regular)
   3197  1.1  christos 	{
   3198  1.1  christos 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   3199  1.1  christos 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   3200  1.1  christos 	}
   3201  1.1  christos 
   3202  1.1  christos       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   3203  1.1  christos 
   3204  1.1  christos       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   3205  1.1  christos       s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
   3206  1.1  christos 
   3207  1.1  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   3208  1.1  christos 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   3209  1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   3210  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3211  1.1  christos       s->size += 4;
   3212  1.1  christos 
   3213  1.1  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   3214  1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   3215  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3216  1.1  christos       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3217  1.1  christos 
   3218  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   3219  1.1  christos     }
   3220  1.1  christos 
   3221  1.1  christos   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   3222  1.1  christos      count any more.  */
   3223  1.1  christos   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3224  1.1  christos 
   3225  1.1  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   3226  1.1  christos      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   3227  1.1  christos      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   3228  1.1  christos   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   3229  1.1  christos     {
   3230  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3231  1.1  christos 		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
   3232  1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   3233  1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   3234  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   3235  1.1  christos     }
   3236  1.1  christos 
   3237  1.1  christos   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   3238  1.1  christos      is not a function.  */
   3239  1.1  christos 
   3240  1.1  christos   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   3241  1.1  christos      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   3242  1.1  christos      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   3243  1.1  christos      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   3244  1.1  christos   if (info->shared)
   3245  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   3246  1.1  christos 
   3247  1.1  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   3248  1.1  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   3249  1.1  christos   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   3250  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   3251  1.1  christos 
   3252  1.1  christos   if (h->size == 0)
   3253  1.1  christos     {
   3254  1.1  christos       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
   3255  1.1  christos 			     h->root.root.string);
   3256  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   3257  1.1  christos     }
   3258  1.1  christos 
   3259  1.1  christos   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   3260  1.1  christos      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   3261  1.1  christos      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   3262  1.1  christos      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   3263  1.1  christos      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   3264  1.1  christos      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   3265  1.1  christos      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   3266  1.1  christos      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   3267  1.1  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   3268  1.1  christos 
   3269  1.1  christos   s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   3270  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3271  1.1  christos 
   3272  1.1  christos   /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   3273  1.1  christos      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   3274  1.1  christos      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   3275  1.1  christos      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   3276  1.1  christos   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   3277  1.1  christos     {
   3278  1.1  christos       asection *srel;
   3279  1.1  christos 
   3280  1.1  christos       srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   3281  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   3282  1.1  christos       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3283  1.1  christos       h->needs_copy = 1;
   3284  1.1  christos     }
   3285  1.1  christos 
   3286  1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
   3287  1.1  christos }
   3288  1.1  christos 
   3289  1.1  christos /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3290  1.1  christos 
   3291  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3292  1.1  christos elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
   3293  1.1  christos      bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
   3294  1.1  christos      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   3295  1.1  christos {
   3296  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   3297  1.1  christos   asection *s;
   3298  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean plt;
   3299  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3300  1.1  christos 
   3301  1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3302  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3303  1.1  christos 
   3304  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3305  1.1  christos     {
   3306  1.1  christos       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3307  1.1  christos       if (info->executable)
   3308  1.1  christos 	{
   3309  1.1  christos 	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
   3310  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3311  1.1  christos 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3312  1.1  christos 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3313  1.1  christos 	}
   3314  1.1  christos     }
   3315  1.1  christos   else
   3316  1.1  christos     {
   3317  1.1  christos       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3318  1.1  christos 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3319  1.1  christos 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3320  1.1  christos 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3321  1.1  christos 	 below.  */
   3322  1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3323  1.1  christos       if (s != NULL)
   3324  1.1  christos 	s->size = 0;
   3325  1.1  christos     }
   3326  1.1  christos 
   3327  1.1  christos   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
   3328  1.1  christos      PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
   3329  1.1  christos      For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
   3330  1.1  christos      against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
   3331  1.1  christos      We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
   3332  1.1  christos      will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  */
   3333  1.1  christos   if (info->shared)
   3334  1.1  christos     elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   3335  1.1  christos 			    elf_m68k_discard_copies,
   3336  1.1  christos 			    (PTR) info);
   3337  1.1  christos 
   3338  1.1  christos   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3339  1.1  christos      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3340  1.1  christos      memory for them.  */
   3341  1.1  christos   plt = FALSE;
   3342  1.1  christos   relocs = FALSE;
   3343  1.1  christos   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3344  1.1  christos     {
   3345  1.1  christos       const char *name;
   3346  1.1  christos 
   3347  1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3348  1.1  christos 	continue;
   3349  1.1  christos 
   3350  1.1  christos       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3351  1.1  christos 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3352  1.1  christos       name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
   3353  1.1  christos 
   3354  1.1  christos       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3355  1.1  christos 	{
   3356  1.1  christos 	  /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
   3357  1.1  christos 	  plt = s->size != 0;
   3358  1.1  christos 	}
   3359  1.1  christos       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
   3360  1.1  christos 	{
   3361  1.1  christos 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3362  1.1  christos 	    {
   3363  1.1  christos 	      relocs = TRUE;
   3364  1.1  christos 
   3365  1.1  christos 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3366  1.1  christos 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3367  1.1  christos 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3368  1.1  christos 	    }
   3369  1.1  christos 	}
   3370  1.1  christos       else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
   3371  1.1  christos 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
   3372  1.1  christos 	{
   3373  1.1  christos 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3374  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3375  1.1  christos 	}
   3376  1.1  christos 
   3377  1.1  christos       if (s->size == 0)
   3378  1.1  christos 	{
   3379  1.1  christos 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3380  1.1  christos 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3381  1.1  christos 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3382  1.1  christos 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3383  1.1  christos 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3384  1.1  christos 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3385  1.1  christos 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3386  1.1  christos 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3387  1.1  christos 	     into these sections.  */
   3388  1.1  christos 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3389  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3390  1.1  christos 	}
   3391  1.1  christos 
   3392  1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3393  1.1  christos 	continue;
   3394  1.1  christos 
   3395  1.1  christos       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
   3396  1.1  christos       /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
   3397  1.1  christos 	 Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
   3398  1.1  christos 	 are written out, but at the moment this does not happen.  Thus in
   3399  1.1  christos 	 order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
   3400  1.1  christos 	 contents to zero.  */
   3401  1.1  christos       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3402  1.1  christos       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3403  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   3404  1.1  christos     }
   3405  1.1  christos 
   3406  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3407  1.1  christos     {
   3408  1.1  christos       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3409  1.1  christos 	 values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3410  1.1  christos 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3411  1.1  christos 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3412  1.1  christos 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3413  1.1  christos #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3414  1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3415  1.1  christos 
   3416  1.1  christos       if (!info->shared)
   3417  1.1  christos 	{
   3418  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3419  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3420  1.1  christos 	}
   3421  1.1  christos 
   3422  1.1  christos       if (plt)
   3423  1.1  christos 	{
   3424  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3425  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3426  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3427  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3428  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3429  1.1  christos 	}
   3430  1.1  christos 
   3431  1.1  christos       if (relocs)
   3432  1.1  christos 	{
   3433  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3434  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3435  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3436  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3437  1.1  christos 	}
   3438  1.1  christos 
   3439  1.1  christos       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3440  1.1  christos 	{
   3441  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3442  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3443  1.1  christos 	}
   3444  1.1  christos     }
   3445  1.1  christos #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3446  1.1  christos 
   3447  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3448  1.1  christos }
   3449  1.1  christos 
   3450  1.1  christos /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3451  1.1  christos    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
   3452  1.1  christos    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3453  1.1  christos    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, it
   3454  1.1  christos    discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
   3455  1.1  christos    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3456  1.1  christos    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3457  1.1  christos    relocate_section routine.
   3458  1.1  christos 
   3459  1.1  christos    We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
   3460  1.1  christos    against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
   3461  1.1  christos    case.  */
   3462  1.1  christos 
   3463  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3464  1.1  christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (h, inf)
   3465  1.1  christos      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3466  1.1  christos      PTR inf;
   3467  1.1  christos {
   3468  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3469  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3470  1.1  christos 
   3471  1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3472  1.1  christos     h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3473  1.1  christos 
   3474  1.1  christos   if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3475  1.1  christos     {
   3476  1.1  christos       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3477  1.1  christos 	{
   3478  1.1  christos 	  /* Look for relocations against read-only sections.  */
   3479  1.1  christos 	  for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3480  1.1  christos 	       s != NULL;
   3481  1.1  christos 	       s = s->next)
   3482  1.1  christos 	    if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3483  1.1  christos 	      {
   3484  1.1  christos 		info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3485  1.1  christos 		break;
   3486  1.1  christos 	      }
   3487  1.1  christos 	}
   3488  1.1  christos 
   3489  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   3490  1.1  christos     }
   3491  1.1  christos 
   3492  1.1  christos   for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3493  1.1  christos        s != NULL;
   3494  1.1  christos        s = s->next)
   3495  1.1  christos     s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3496  1.1  christos 
   3497  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3498  1.1  christos }
   3499  1.1  christos 
   3500  1.1  christos 
   3501  1.1  christos /* Install relocation RELA.  */
   3502  1.1  christos 
   3503  1.1  christos static void
   3504  1.1  christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
   3505  1.1  christos 		       asection *srela,
   3506  1.1  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   3507  1.1  christos {
   3508  1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   3509  1.1  christos 
   3510  1.1  christos   loc = srela->contents;
   3511  1.1  christos   loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3512  1.1  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
   3513  1.1  christos }
   3514  1.1  christos 
   3515  1.1  christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
   3516  1.1  christos    for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively.  */
   3517  1.1  christos 
   3518  1.1  christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
   3519  1.1  christos #define TP_OFFSET  0x7000
   3520  1.1  christos 
   3521  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   3522  1.1  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3523  1.1  christos {
   3524  1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3525  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3526  1.1  christos     return 0;
   3527  1.1  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   3528  1.1  christos }
   3529  1.1  christos 
   3530  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   3531  1.1  christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3532  1.1  christos {
   3533  1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3534  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3535  1.1  christos     return 0;
   3536  1.1  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
   3537  1.1  christos }
   3538  1.1  christos 
   3539  1.1  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
   3540  1.1  christos    This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section.  */
   3541  1.1  christos 
   3542  1.1  christos static void
   3543  1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3544  1.1  christos 				bfd *output_bfd,
   3545  1.1  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3546  1.1  christos 				asection *sgot,
   3547  1.1  christos 				bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3548  1.1  christos 				bfd_vma relocation)
   3549  1.1  christos {
   3550  1.1  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3551  1.1  christos     {
   3552  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3553  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3554  1.1  christos       break;
   3555  1.1  christos 
   3556  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3557  1.1  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3558  1.1  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3559  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3560  1.1  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3561  1.1  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3562  1.1  christos 
   3563  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3564  1.1  christos       /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable.  */
   3565  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3566  1.1  christos       break;
   3567  1.1  christos 
   3568  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3569  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
   3570  1.1  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3571  1.1  christos       break;
   3572  1.1  christos 
   3573  1.1  christos     default:
   3574  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3575  1.1  christos     }
   3576  1.1  christos }
   3577  1.1  christos 
   3578  1.1  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
   3579  1.1  christos    during dynamic link.
   3580  1.1  christos    This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
   3581  1.1  christos    or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
   3582  1.1  christos 
   3583  1.1  christos static void
   3584  1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3585  1.1  christos 				      bfd *output_bfd,
   3586  1.1  christos 				      enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3587  1.1  christos 				      asection *sgot,
   3588  1.1  christos 				      bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3589  1.1  christos 				      bfd_vma relocation,
   3590  1.1  christos 				      asection *srela)
   3591  1.1  christos {
   3592  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3593  1.1  christos 
   3594  1.1  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3595  1.1  christos     {
   3596  1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3597  1.1  christos       /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3598  1.1  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3599  1.1  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   3600  1.1  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3601  1.1  christos       break;
   3602  1.1  christos 
   3603  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3604  1.1  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3605  1.1  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3606  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3607  1.1  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3608  1.1  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3609  1.1  christos 
   3610  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3611  1.1  christos       /* We don't know the module number,
   3612  1.1  christos 	 create a relocation for it.  */
   3613  1.1  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   3614  1.1  christos       outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3615  1.1  christos       break;
   3616  1.1  christos 
   3617  1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3618  1.1  christos       /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3619  1.1  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3620  1.1  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   3621  1.1  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3622  1.1  christos       break;
   3623  1.1  christos 
   3624  1.1  christos     default:
   3625  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3626  1.1  christos     }
   3627  1.1  christos 
   3628  1.1  christos   /* Offset of the GOT entry.  */
   3629  1.1  christos   outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   3630  1.1  christos 		     + sgot->output_offset
   3631  1.1  christos 		     + got_entry_offset);
   3632  1.1  christos 
   3633  1.1  christos   /* Install one of the above relocations.  */
   3634  1.1  christos   elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
   3635  1.1  christos 
   3636  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3637  1.1  christos }
   3638  1.1  christos 
   3639  1.1  christos /* Relocate an M68K ELF section.  */
   3640  1.1  christos 
   3641  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3642  1.1  christos elf_m68k_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3643  1.1  christos 			   contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
   3644  1.1  christos      bfd *output_bfd;
   3645  1.1  christos      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   3646  1.1  christos      bfd *input_bfd;
   3647  1.1  christos      asection *input_section;
   3648  1.1  christos      bfd_byte *contents;
   3649  1.1  christos      Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
   3650  1.1  christos      Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
   3651  1.1  christos      asection **local_sections;
   3652  1.1  christos {
   3653  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   3654  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3655  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3656  1.1  christos   asection *sgot;
   3657  1.1  christos   asection *splt;
   3658  1.1  christos   asection *sreloc;
   3659  1.1  christos   asection *srela;
   3660  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   3661  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3662  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3663  1.1  christos 
   3664  1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3665  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3666  1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3667  1.1  christos 
   3668  1.1  christos   sgot = NULL;
   3669  1.1  christos   splt = NULL;
   3670  1.1  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   3671  1.1  christos   srela = NULL;
   3672  1.1  christos 
   3673  1.1  christos   got = NULL;
   3674  1.1  christos 
   3675  1.1  christos   rel = relocs;
   3676  1.1  christos   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3677  1.1  christos   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3678  1.1  christos     {
   3679  1.1  christos       int r_type;
   3680  1.1  christos       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3681  1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3682  1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3683  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3684  1.1  christos       asection *sec;
   3685  1.1  christos       bfd_vma relocation;
   3686  1.1  christos       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   3687  1.1  christos       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3688  1.1  christos 
   3689  1.1  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3690  1.1  christos       if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
   3691  1.1  christos 	{
   3692  1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3693  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   3694  1.1  christos 	}
   3695  1.1  christos       howto = howto_table + r_type;
   3696  1.1  christos 
   3697  1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3698  1.1  christos 
   3699  1.1  christos       h = NULL;
   3700  1.1  christos       sym = NULL;
   3701  1.1  christos       sec = NULL;
   3702  1.1  christos       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3703  1.1  christos 
   3704  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3705  1.1  christos 	{
   3706  1.1  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3707  1.1  christos 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3708  1.1  christos 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3709  1.1  christos 	}
   3710  1.1  christos       else
   3711  1.1  christos 	{
   3712  1.1  christos 	  bfd_boolean warned;
   3713  1.1  christos 
   3714  1.1  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3715  1.1  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3716  1.1  christos 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3717  1.1  christos 				   unresolved_reloc, warned);
   3718  1.1  christos 	}
   3719  1.1  christos 
   3720  1.1  christos       if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
   3721  1.1  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3722  1.1  christos 					 rel, relend, howto, contents);
   3723  1.1  christos 
   3724  1.1  christos       if (info->relocatable)
   3725  1.1  christos 	continue;
   3726  1.1  christos 
   3727  1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   3728  1.1  christos 	{
   3729  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   3730  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   3731  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   3732  1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
   3733  1.1  christos 	     in the global offset table.  */
   3734  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   3735  1.1  christos 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3736  1.1  christos 	    {
   3737  1.1  christos 	      if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3738  1.1  christos 		{
   3739  1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
   3740  1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma got_offset;
   3741  1.1  christos 
   3742  1.1  christos 		  if (sgot == NULL)
   3743  1.1  christos 		    {
   3744  1.1  christos 		      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
   3745  1.1  christos 
   3746  1.1  christos 		      if (sgot != NULL)
   3747  1.1  christos 			sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3748  1.1  christos 		      else
   3749  1.1  christos 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3750  1.1  christos 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
   3751  1.1  christos 			   empty.
   3752  1.1  christos 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3753  1.1  christos 			sgot_output_offset = 0;
   3754  1.1  christos 		    }
   3755  1.1  christos 		  else
   3756  1.1  christos 		    sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3757  1.1  christos 
   3758  1.1  christos 		  if (got == NULL)
   3759  1.1  christos 		    {
   3760  1.1  christos 		      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   3761  1.1  christos 
   3762  1.1  christos 		      bfd2got_entry
   3763  1.1  christos 			= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3764  1.1  christos 						      input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
   3765  1.1  christos 
   3766  1.1  christos 		      if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
   3767  1.1  christos 			{
   3768  1.1  christos 			  got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   3769  1.1  christos 			  BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3770  1.1  christos 
   3771  1.1  christos 			  got_offset = got->offset;
   3772  1.1  christos 			}
   3773  1.1  christos 		      else
   3774  1.1  christos 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3775  1.1  christos 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
   3776  1.1  christos 			   accessing any GOT entries.
   3777  1.1  christos 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3778  1.1  christos 			got_offset = 0;
   3779  1.1  christos 		    }
   3780  1.1  christos 		  else
   3781  1.1  christos 		    got_offset = got->offset;
   3782  1.1  christos 
   3783  1.1  christos 		  /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
   3784  1.1  christos 		     assigned to input_bfd.  */
   3785  1.1  christos 		  rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
   3786  1.1  christos 		}
   3787  1.1  christos 	      else
   3788  1.1  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
   3789  1.1  christos 
   3790  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3791  1.1  christos 	    }
   3792  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3793  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   3794  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   3795  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3796  1.1  christos 
   3797  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3798  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   3799  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   3800  1.1  christos 
   3801  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   3802  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   3803  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3804  1.1  christos 
   3805  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   3806  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   3807  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3808  1.1  christos 
   3809  1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3810  1.1  christos 	     the global offset table.  */
   3811  1.1  christos 
   3812  1.1  christos 	  {
   3813  1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3814  1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma *off_ptr;
   3815  1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma off;
   3816  1.1  christos 
   3817  1.1  christos 	    if (sgot == NULL)
   3818  1.1  christos 	      {
   3819  1.1  christos 		sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
   3820  1.1  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   3821  1.1  christos 	      }
   3822  1.1  christos 
   3823  1.1  christos 	    if (got == NULL)
   3824  1.1  christos 	      {
   3825  1.1  christos 		got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3826  1.1  christos 						  input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
   3827  1.1  christos 						  NULL)->got;
   3828  1.1  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3829  1.1  christos 	      }
   3830  1.1  christos 
   3831  1.1  christos 	    /* Get GOT offset for this symbol.  */
   3832  1.1  christos 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
   3833  1.1  christos 					 r_type);
   3834  1.1  christos 	    off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
   3835  1.1  christos 					       NULL)->u.s2.offset;
   3836  1.1  christos 	    off = *off_ptr;
   3837  1.1  christos 
   3838  1.1  christos 	    /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   3839  1.1  christos 	       the least significant bit to record whether we have
   3840  1.1  christos 	       already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   3841  1.1  christos 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3842  1.1  christos 	      off &= ~1;
   3843  1.1  christos 	    else
   3844  1.1  christos 	      {
   3845  1.1  christos 		if (h != NULL
   3846  1.1  christos 		    /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
   3847  1.1  christos 		       which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
   3848  1.1  christos 		       itself.  */
   3849  1.1  christos 		    && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   3850  1.1  christos 		  {
   3851  1.1  christos 		    bfd_boolean dyn;
   3852  1.1  christos 
   3853  1.1  christos 		    dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3854  1.1  christos 		    if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
   3855  1.1  christos 			|| (info->shared
   3856  1.1  christos 			    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3857  1.1  christos 			|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   3858  1.1  christos 			    && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3859  1.1  christos 		      {
   3860  1.1  christos 			/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3861  1.1  christos 			   -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3862  1.1  christos 			   locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3863  1.1  christos 			   because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3864  1.1  christos 			   this entry in the global offset table.  Since
   3865  1.1  christos 			   the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
   3866  1.1  christos 			   use the least significant bit to record whether
   3867  1.1  christos 			   we have initialized it already.
   3868  1.1  christos 
   3869  1.1  christos 			   When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   3870  1.1  christos 			   relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3871  1.1  christos 			   is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3872  1.1  christos 
   3873  1.1  christos 			elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3874  1.1  christos 							output_bfd,
   3875  1.1  christos 							r_type,
   3876  1.1  christos 							sgot,
   3877  1.1  christos 							off,
   3878  1.1  christos 							relocation);
   3879  1.1  christos 
   3880  1.1  christos 			*off_ptr |= 1;
   3881  1.1  christos 		      }
   3882  1.1  christos 		    else
   3883  1.1  christos 		      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3884  1.1  christos 		  }
   3885  1.1  christos 		else if (info->shared) /* && h == NULL */
   3886  1.1  christos 		  /* Process local symbol during dynamic link.  */
   3887  1.1  christos 		  {
   3888  1.1  christos 		    if (srela == NULL)
   3889  1.1  christos 		      {
   3890  1.1  christos 			srela = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3891  1.1  christos 			BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
   3892  1.1  christos 		      }
   3893  1.1  christos 
   3894  1.1  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   3895  1.1  christos 							  output_bfd,
   3896  1.1  christos 							  r_type,
   3897  1.1  christos 							  sgot,
   3898  1.1  christos 							  off,
   3899  1.1  christos 							  relocation,
   3900  1.1  christos 							  srela);
   3901  1.1  christos 
   3902  1.1  christos 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3903  1.1  christos 		  }
   3904  1.1  christos 		else /* h == NULL && !info->shared */
   3905  1.1  christos 		  {
   3906  1.1  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3907  1.1  christos 						    output_bfd,
   3908  1.1  christos 						    r_type,
   3909  1.1  christos 						    sgot,
   3910  1.1  christos 						    off,
   3911  1.1  christos 						    relocation);
   3912  1.1  christos 
   3913  1.1  christos 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3914  1.1  christos 		  }
   3915  1.1  christos 	      }
   3916  1.1  christos 
   3917  1.1  christos 	    /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
   3918  1.1  christos 	       because this is the only place where difference between
   3919  1.1  christos 	       R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters.  */
   3920  1.1  christos 	    if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
   3921  1.1  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
   3922  1.1  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
   3923  1.1  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
   3924  1.1  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
   3925  1.1  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
   3926  1.1  christos 	      {
   3927  1.1  christos 		/* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
   3928  1.1  christos 		   of local GOT.  Adjust the offset accordingly.  */
   3929  1.1  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
   3930  1.1  christos 			    || off >= got->offset);
   3931  1.1  christos 
   3932  1.1  christos 		if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3933  1.1  christos 		  relocation = off - got->offset;
   3934  1.1  christos 		else
   3935  1.1  christos 		  {
   3936  1.1  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
   3937  1.1  christos 		    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   3938  1.1  christos 		  }
   3939  1.1  christos 
   3940  1.1  christos 		/* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3941  1.1  christos 		rel->r_addend = 0;
   3942  1.1  christos 	      }
   3943  1.1  christos 	    else
   3944  1.1  christos 	      relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
   3945  1.1  christos 			    + off);
   3946  1.1  christos 	  }
   3947  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3948  1.1  christos 
   3949  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
   3950  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
   3951  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
   3952  1.1  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3953  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3954  1.1  christos 
   3955  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
   3956  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
   3957  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
   3958  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   3959  1.1  christos 	    {
   3960  1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3961  1.1  christos 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_68K_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted "
   3962  1.1  christos 		   "in shared object"),
   3963  1.1  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   3964  1.1  christos 
   3965  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3966  1.1  christos 	    }
   3967  1.1  christos 	  else
   3968  1.1  christos 	    relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
   3969  1.1  christos 
   3970  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3971  1.1  christos 
   3972  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3973  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3974  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3975  1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3976  1.1  christos 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3977  1.1  christos 
   3978  1.1  christos 	  /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
   3979  1.1  christos 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   3980  1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   3981  1.1  christos 	    break;
   3982  1.1  christos 
   3983  1.1  christos 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3984  1.1  christos 	      || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3985  1.1  christos 	    {
   3986  1.1  christos 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   3987  1.1  christos 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   3988  1.1  christos 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   3989  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3990  1.1  christos 	    }
   3991  1.1  christos 
   3992  1.1  christos 	  if (splt == NULL)
   3993  1.1  christos 	    {
   3994  1.1  christos 	      splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   3995  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3996  1.1  christos 	    }
   3997  1.1  christos 
   3998  1.1  christos 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   3999  1.1  christos 			+ splt->output_offset
   4000  1.1  christos 			+ h->plt.offset);
   4001  1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   4002  1.1  christos 	  break;
   4003  1.1  christos 
   4004  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   4005  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   4006  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   4007  1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   4008  1.1  christos 	     the procedure linkage table.  */
   4009  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4010  1.1  christos 
   4011  1.1  christos 	  if (splt == NULL)
   4012  1.1  christos 	    {
   4013  1.1  christos 	      splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   4014  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   4015  1.1  christos 	    }
   4016  1.1  christos 
   4017  1.1  christos 	  relocation = h->plt.offset;
   4018  1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   4019  1.1  christos 
   4020  1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   4021  1.1  christos 	  rel->r_addend = 0;
   4022  1.1  christos 
   4023  1.1  christos 	  break;
   4024  1.1  christos 
   4025  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_8:
   4026  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_16:
   4027  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   4028  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC8:
   4029  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC16:
   4030  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   4031  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared
   4032  1.1  christos 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   4033  1.1  christos 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   4034  1.1  christos 	      && (h == NULL
   4035  1.1  christos 		  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   4036  1.1  christos 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4037  1.1  christos 	      && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
   4038  1.1  christos 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC16
   4039  1.1  christos 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
   4040  1.1  christos 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4041  1.1  christos 	    {
   4042  1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4043  1.1  christos 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4044  1.1  christos 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   4045  1.1  christos 
   4046  1.1  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   4047  1.1  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   4048  1.1  christos 		 time.  */
   4049  1.1  christos 
   4050  1.1  christos 	      skip = FALSE;
   4051  1.1  christos 	      relocate = FALSE;
   4052  1.1  christos 
   4053  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   4054  1.1  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4055  1.1  christos 					 rel->r_offset);
   4056  1.1  christos 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4057  1.1  christos 		skip = TRUE;
   4058  1.1  christos 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   4059  1.1  christos 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   4060  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   4061  1.1  christos 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   4062  1.1  christos 
   4063  1.1  christos 	      if (skip)
   4064  1.1  christos 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   4065  1.1  christos 	      else if (h != NULL
   4066  1.1  christos 		       && h->dynindx != -1
   4067  1.1  christos 		       && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
   4068  1.1  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC16
   4069  1.1  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC32
   4070  1.1  christos 			   || !info->shared
   4071  1.1  christos 			   || !info->symbolic
   4072  1.1  christos 			   || !h->def_regular))
   4073  1.1  christos 		{
   4074  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   4075  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   4076  1.1  christos 		}
   4077  1.1  christos 	      else
   4078  1.1  christos 		{
   4079  1.1  christos 		  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
   4080  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   4081  1.1  christos 
   4082  1.1  christos 		  if (r_type == R_68K_32)
   4083  1.1  christos 		    {
   4084  1.1  christos 		      relocate = TRUE;
   4085  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   4086  1.1  christos 		    }
   4087  1.1  christos 		  else
   4088  1.1  christos 		    {
   4089  1.1  christos 		      long indx;
   4090  1.1  christos 
   4091  1.1  christos 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   4092  1.1  christos 			indx = 0;
   4093  1.1  christos 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   4094  1.1  christos 			{
   4095  1.1  christos 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4096  1.1  christos 			  return FALSE;
   4097  1.1  christos 			}
   4098  1.1  christos 		      else
   4099  1.1  christos 			{
   4100  1.1  christos 			  asection *osec;
   4101  1.1  christos 
   4102  1.1  christos 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   4103  1.1  christos 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   4104  1.1  christos 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   4105  1.1  christos 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   4106  1.1  christos 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   4107  1.1  christos 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   4108  1.1  christos 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4109  1.1  christos 			  if (indx == 0)
   4110  1.1  christos 			    {
   4111  1.1  christos 			      struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4112  1.1  christos 			      htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   4113  1.1  christos 			      osec = htab->text_index_section;
   4114  1.1  christos 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4115  1.1  christos 			    }
   4116  1.1  christos 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   4117  1.1  christos 			}
   4118  1.1  christos 
   4119  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   4120  1.1  christos 		    }
   4121  1.1  christos 		}
   4122  1.1  christos 
   4123  1.1  christos 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   4124  1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   4125  1.1  christos 		abort ();
   4126  1.1  christos 
   4127  1.1  christos 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   4128  1.1  christos 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4129  1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4130  1.1  christos 
   4131  1.1  christos 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   4132  1.1  christos                  need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
   4133  1.1  christos                  relocations that have been turned into
   4134  1.1  christos                  R_68K_RELATIVE.  */
   4135  1.1  christos 	      if (!relocate)
   4136  1.1  christos 		continue;
   4137  1.1  christos 	    }
   4138  1.1  christos 
   4139  1.1  christos 	  break;
   4140  1.1  christos 
   4141  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   4142  1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   4143  1.1  christos 	  /* These are no-ops in the end.  */
   4144  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   4145  1.1  christos 
   4146  1.1  christos 	default:
   4147  1.1  christos 	  break;
   4148  1.1  christos 	}
   4149  1.1  christos 
   4150  1.1  christos       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
   4151  1.1  christos 	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
   4152  1.1  christos 	 not process them.  */
   4153  1.1  christos       if (unresolved_reloc
   4154  1.1  christos 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   4155  1.1  christos 	       && h->def_dynamic))
   4156  1.1  christos 	{
   4157  1.1  christos 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4158  1.1  christos 	    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   4159  1.1  christos 	     input_bfd,
   4160  1.1  christos 	     input_section,
   4161  1.1  christos 	     (long) rel->r_offset,
   4162  1.1  christos 	     howto->name,
   4163  1.1  christos 	     h->root.root.string);
   4164  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   4165  1.1  christos 	}
   4166  1.1  christos 
   4167  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   4168  1.1  christos 	  && r_type != R_68K_NONE
   4169  1.1  christos 	  && (h == NULL
   4170  1.1  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4171  1.1  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   4172  1.1  christos 	{
   4173  1.1  christos 	  char sym_type;
   4174  1.1  christos 
   4175  1.1  christos 	  sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
   4176  1.1  christos 
   4177  1.1  christos 	  if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
   4178  1.1  christos 	    {
   4179  1.1  christos 	      const char *name;
   4180  1.1  christos 
   4181  1.1  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   4182  1.1  christos 		name = h->root.root.string;
   4183  1.1  christos 	      else
   4184  1.1  christos 		{
   4185  1.1  christos 		  name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   4186  1.1  christos 			  (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   4187  1.1  christos 		  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
   4188  1.1  christos 		    name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4189  1.1  christos 		}
   4190  1.1  christos 
   4191  1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4192  1.1  christos 		((sym_type == STT_TLS
   4193  1.1  christos 		  ? _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
   4194  1.1  christos 		  : _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
   4195  1.1  christos 		 input_bfd,
   4196  1.1  christos 		 input_section,
   4197  1.1  christos 		 (long) rel->r_offset,
   4198  1.1  christos 		 howto->name,
   4199  1.1  christos 		 name);
   4200  1.1  christos 	    }
   4201  1.1  christos 	}
   4202  1.1  christos 
   4203  1.1  christos       r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   4204  1.1  christos 				    contents, rel->r_offset,
   4205  1.1  christos 				    relocation, rel->r_addend);
   4206  1.1  christos 
   4207  1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   4208  1.1  christos 	{
   4209  1.1  christos 	  const char *name;
   4210  1.1  christos 
   4211  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   4212  1.1  christos 	    name = h->root.root.string;
   4213  1.1  christos 	  else
   4214  1.1  christos 	    {
   4215  1.1  christos 	      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4216  1.1  christos 						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4217  1.1  christos 						      sym->st_name);
   4218  1.1  christos 	      if (name == NULL)
   4219  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   4220  1.1  christos 	      if (*name == '\0')
   4221  1.1  christos 		name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4222  1.1  christos 	    }
   4223  1.1  christos 
   4224  1.1  christos 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
   4225  1.1  christos 	    {
   4226  1.1  christos 	      if (!(info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
   4227  1.1  christos 		    (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   4228  1.1  christos 		     (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
   4229  1.1  christos 		     rel->r_offset)))
   4230  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   4231  1.1  christos 	    }
   4232  1.1  christos 	  else
   4233  1.1  christos 	    {
   4234  1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4235  1.1  christos 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
   4236  1.1  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section,
   4237  1.1  christos 		 (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
   4238  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   4239  1.1  christos 	    }
   4240  1.1  christos 	}
   4241  1.1  christos     }
   4242  1.1  christos 
   4243  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4244  1.1  christos }
   4245  1.1  christos 
   4246  1.1  christos /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
   4247  1.1  christos    into section SEC.  */
   4248  1.1  christos 
   4249  1.1  christos static void
   4250  1.1  christos elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
   4251  1.1  christos {
   4252  1.1  christos   /* Make VALUE PC-relative.  */
   4253  1.1  christos   value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
   4254  1.1  christos 
   4255  1.1  christos   /* Apply any in-place addend.  */
   4256  1.1  christos   value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
   4257  1.1  christos 
   4258  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
   4259  1.1  christos }
   4260  1.1  christos 
   4261  1.1  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4262  1.1  christos    dynamic sections here.  */
   4263  1.1  christos 
   4264  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   4265  1.1  christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym)
   4266  1.1  christos      bfd *output_bfd;
   4267  1.1  christos      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   4268  1.1  christos      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4269  1.1  christos      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   4270  1.1  christos {
   4271  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   4272  1.1  christos 
   4273  1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4274  1.1  christos 
   4275  1.1  christos   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4276  1.1  christos     {
   4277  1.1  christos       const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4278  1.1  christos       asection *splt;
   4279  1.1  christos       asection *sgot;
   4280  1.1  christos       asection *srela;
   4281  1.1  christos       bfd_vma plt_index;
   4282  1.1  christos       bfd_vma got_offset;
   4283  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4284  1.1  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   4285  1.1  christos 
   4286  1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   4287  1.1  christos 	 it up.  */
   4288  1.1  christos 
   4289  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4290  1.1  christos 
   4291  1.1  christos       plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4292  1.1  christos       splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   4293  1.1  christos       sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4294  1.1  christos       srela = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   4295  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4296  1.1  christos 
   4297  1.1  christos       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   4298  1.1  christos 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   4299  1.1  christos 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   4300  1.1  christos 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   4301  1.1  christos       plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
   4302  1.1  christos 
   4303  1.1  christos       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   4304  1.1  christos 	 corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
   4305  1.1  christos 	 The first three are reserved.  */
   4306  1.1  christos       got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   4307  1.1  christos 
   4308  1.1  christos       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   4309  1.1  christos 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   4310  1.1  christos 	      plt_info->size);
   4311  1.1  christos 
   4312  1.1  christos       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
   4313  1.1  christos 			     (sgot->output_section->vma
   4314  1.1  christos 			      + sgot->output_offset
   4315  1.1  christos 			      + got_offset));
   4316  1.1  christos 
   4317  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   4318  1.1  christos 		  splt->contents
   4319  1.1  christos 		  + h->plt.offset
   4320  1.1  christos 		  + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
   4321  1.1  christos 
   4322  1.1  christos       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
   4323  1.1  christos 			     splt->output_section->vma);
   4324  1.1  christos 
   4325  1.1  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   4326  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4327  1.1  christos 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   4328  1.1  christos 		   + splt->output_offset
   4329  1.1  christos 		   + h->plt.offset
   4330  1.1  christos 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
   4331  1.1  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_offset);
   4332  1.1  christos 
   4333  1.1  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   4334  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4335  1.1  christos 		       + sgot->output_offset
   4336  1.1  christos 		       + got_offset);
   4337  1.1  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
   4338  1.1  christos       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4339  1.1  christos       loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4340  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4341  1.1  christos 
   4342  1.1  christos       if (!h->def_regular)
   4343  1.1  christos 	{
   4344  1.1  christos 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4345  1.1  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4346  1.1  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4347  1.1  christos 	}
   4348  1.1  christos     }
   4349  1.1  christos 
   4350  1.1  christos   if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
   4351  1.1  christos     {
   4352  1.1  christos       asection *sgot;
   4353  1.1  christos       asection *srela;
   4354  1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   4355  1.1  christos 
   4356  1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   4357  1.1  christos 	 up.  */
   4358  1.1  christos 
   4359  1.1  christos       sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
   4360  1.1  christos       srela = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   4361  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4362  1.1  christos 
   4363  1.1  christos       got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
   4364  1.1  christos 
   4365  1.1  christos       while (got_entry != NULL)
   4366  1.1  christos 	{
   4367  1.1  christos 	  enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
   4368  1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
   4369  1.1  christos 
   4370  1.1  christos 	  r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
   4371  1.1  christos 	  got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
   4372  1.1  christos 
   4373  1.1  christos 	  /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
   4374  1.1  christos 	     locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  Likewise if
   4375  1.1  christos 	     the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
   4376  1.1  christos 	     The entry in the global offset table already have been
   4377  1.1  christos 	     initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4378  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared
   4379  1.1  christos 	      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4380  1.1  christos 	    {
   4381  1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma relocation;
   4382  1.1  christos 
   4383  1.1  christos 	      relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4384  1.1  christos 					      (sgot->contents
   4385  1.1  christos 					       + got_entry_offset));
   4386  1.1  christos 
   4387  1.1  christos 	      /* Undo TP bias.  */
   4388  1.1  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4389  1.1  christos 		{
   4390  1.1  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4391  1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   4392  1.1  christos 		  break;
   4393  1.1  christos 
   4394  1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4395  1.1  christos 		  /* The value for this relocation is actually put in
   4396  1.1  christos 		     the second GOT slot.  */
   4397  1.1  christos 		  relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4398  1.1  christos 						  (sgot->contents
   4399  1.1  christos 						   + got_entry_offset + 4));
   4400  1.1  christos 		  relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
   4401  1.1  christos 		  break;
   4402  1.1  christos 
   4403  1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4404  1.1  christos 		  relocation += tpoff_base (info);
   4405  1.1  christos 		  break;
   4406  1.1  christos 
   4407  1.1  christos 		default:
   4408  1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4409  1.1  christos 		}
   4410  1.1  christos 
   4411  1.1  christos 	      elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   4412  1.1  christos 						    output_bfd,
   4413  1.1  christos 						    r_type,
   4414  1.1  christos 						    sgot,
   4415  1.1  christos 						    got_entry_offset,
   4416  1.1  christos 						    relocation,
   4417  1.1  christos 						    srela);
   4418  1.1  christos 	    }
   4419  1.1  christos 	  else
   4420  1.1  christos 	    {
   4421  1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4422  1.1  christos 
   4423  1.1  christos 	      /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
   4424  1.1  christos 		 at run-time.  */
   4425  1.1  christos 	      {
   4426  1.1  christos 		bfd_vma n_slots;
   4427  1.1  christos 
   4428  1.1  christos 		n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
   4429  1.1  christos 		while (n_slots--)
   4430  1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
   4431  1.1  christos 			      (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
   4432  1.1  christos 			       + 4 * n_slots));
   4433  1.1  christos 	      }
   4434  1.1  christos 
   4435  1.1  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4436  1.1  christos 	      rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4437  1.1  christos 			       + sgot->output_offset
   4438  1.1  christos 			       + got_entry_offset);
   4439  1.1  christos 
   4440  1.1  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4441  1.1  christos 		{
   4442  1.1  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4443  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
   4444  1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4445  1.1  christos 		  break;
   4446  1.1  christos 
   4447  1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4448  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4449  1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4450  1.1  christos 
   4451  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_offset += 4;
   4452  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
   4453  1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4454  1.1  christos 		  break;
   4455  1.1  christos 
   4456  1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4457  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   4458  1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4459  1.1  christos 		  break;
   4460  1.1  christos 
   4461  1.1  christos 		default:
   4462  1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4463  1.1  christos 		  break;
   4464  1.1  christos 		}
   4465  1.1  christos 	    }
   4466  1.1  christos 
   4467  1.1  christos 	  got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
   4468  1.1  christos 	}
   4469  1.1  christos     }
   4470  1.1  christos 
   4471  1.1  christos   if (h->needs_copy)
   4472  1.1  christos     {
   4473  1.1  christos       asection *s;
   4474  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4475  1.1  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   4476  1.1  christos 
   4477  1.1  christos       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4478  1.1  christos 
   4479  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   4480  1.1  christos 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4481  1.1  christos 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   4482  1.1  christos 
   4483  1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
   4484  1.1  christos 				   ".rela.bss");
   4485  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4486  1.1  christos 
   4487  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   4488  1.1  christos 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4489  1.1  christos 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4490  1.1  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
   4491  1.1  christos       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4492  1.1  christos       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4493  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4494  1.1  christos     }
   4495  1.1  christos 
   4496  1.1  christos   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
   4497  1.1  christos   if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
   4498  1.1  christos       || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
   4499  1.1  christos     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   4500  1.1  christos 
   4501  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4502  1.1  christos }
   4503  1.1  christos 
   4504  1.1  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4505  1.1  christos 
   4506  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   4507  1.1  christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
   4508  1.1  christos      bfd *output_bfd;
   4509  1.1  christos      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   4510  1.1  christos {
   4511  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   4512  1.1  christos   asection *sgot;
   4513  1.1  christos   asection *sdyn;
   4514  1.1  christos 
   4515  1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4516  1.1  christos 
   4517  1.1  christos   sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4518  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4519  1.1  christos   sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4520  1.1  christos 
   4521  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4522  1.1  christos     {
   4523  1.1  christos       asection *splt;
   4524  1.1  christos       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4525  1.1  christos 
   4526  1.1  christos       splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   4527  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   4528  1.1  christos 
   4529  1.1  christos       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   4530  1.1  christos       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   4531  1.1  christos       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   4532  1.1  christos 	{
   4533  1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4534  1.1  christos 	  const char *name;
   4535  1.1  christos 	  asection *s;
   4536  1.1  christos 
   4537  1.1  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4538  1.1  christos 
   4539  1.1  christos 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4540  1.1  christos 	    {
   4541  1.1  christos 	    default:
   4542  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4543  1.1  christos 
   4544  1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   4545  1.1  christos 	      name = ".got";
   4546  1.1  christos 	      goto get_vma;
   4547  1.1  christos 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   4548  1.1  christos 	      name = ".rela.plt";
   4549  1.1  christos 	    get_vma:
   4550  1.1  christos 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
   4551  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4552  1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
   4553  1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4554  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4555  1.1  christos 
   4556  1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   4557  1.1  christos 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   4558  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4559  1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4560  1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4561  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4562  1.1  christos 
   4563  1.1  christos 	    case DT_RELASZ:
   4564  1.1  christos 	      /* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should
   4565  1.1  christos 		 not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).
   4566  1.1  christos 		 Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to
   4567  1.1  christos 		 make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since the
   4568  1.1  christos 		 linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
   4569  1.1  christos 		 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
   4570  1.1  christos 		 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
   4571  1.1  christos 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   4572  1.1  christos 	      if (s != NULL)
   4573  1.1  christos 		dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
   4574  1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4575  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4576  1.1  christos 	    }
   4577  1.1  christos 	}
   4578  1.1  christos 
   4579  1.1  christos       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4580  1.1  christos       if (splt->size > 0)
   4581  1.1  christos 	{
   4582  1.1  christos 	  const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4583  1.1  christos 
   4584  1.1  christos 	  plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4585  1.1  christos 	  memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
   4586  1.1  christos 
   4587  1.1  christos 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
   4588  1.1  christos 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4589  1.1  christos 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4590  1.1  christos 				  + 4));
   4591  1.1  christos 
   4592  1.1  christos 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
   4593  1.1  christos 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4594  1.1  christos 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4595  1.1  christos 				  + 8));
   4596  1.1  christos 
   4597  1.1  christos 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   4598  1.1  christos 	    = plt_info->size;
   4599  1.1  christos 	}
   4600  1.1  christos     }
   4601  1.1  christos 
   4602  1.1  christos   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   4603  1.1  christos   if (sgot->size > 0)
   4604  1.1  christos     {
   4605  1.1  christos       if (sdyn == NULL)
   4606  1.1  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   4607  1.1  christos       else
   4608  1.1  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4609  1.1  christos 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   4610  1.1  christos 		    sgot->contents);
   4611  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   4612  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   4613  1.1  christos     }
   4614  1.1  christos 
   4615  1.1  christos   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   4616  1.1  christos 
   4617  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4618  1.1  christos }
   4619  1.1  christos 
   4620  1.1  christos /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
   4621  1.1  christos    relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
   4622  1.1  christos    used at runtime to relocate the section.  This is called by the
   4623  1.1  christos    linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used.  This is called
   4624  1.1  christos    after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
   4625  1.1  christos    objects, and before the final_link entry point is called.  */
   4626  1.1  christos 
   4627  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   4628  1.1  christos bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
   4629  1.1  christos      bfd *abfd;
   4630  1.1  christos      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   4631  1.1  christos      asection *datasec;
   4632  1.1  christos      asection *relsec;
   4633  1.1  christos      char **errmsg;
   4634  1.1  christos {
   4635  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   4636  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   4637  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   4638  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   4639  1.1  christos   bfd_byte *p;
   4640  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type amt;
   4641  1.1  christos 
   4642  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
   4643  1.1  christos 
   4644  1.1  christos   *errmsg = NULL;
   4645  1.1  christos 
   4646  1.1  christos   if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
   4647  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   4648  1.1  christos 
   4649  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4650  1.1  christos 
   4651  1.1  christos   /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
   4652  1.1  christos   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   4653  1.1  christos 		     (abfd, datasec, (PTR) NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
   4654  1.1  christos 		      info->keep_memory));
   4655  1.1  christos   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   4656  1.1  christos     goto error_return;
   4657  1.1  christos 
   4658  1.1  christos   amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
   4659  1.1  christos   relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
   4660  1.1  christos   if (relsec->contents == NULL)
   4661  1.1  christos     goto error_return;
   4662  1.1  christos 
   4663  1.1  christos   p = relsec->contents;
   4664  1.1  christos 
   4665  1.1  christos   irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
   4666  1.1  christos   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
   4667  1.1  christos     {
   4668  1.1  christos       asection *targetsec;
   4669  1.1  christos 
   4670  1.1  christos       /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
   4671  1.1  christos        reloc section.  The longword will be the address in the data
   4672  1.1  christos        section which must be relocated.  It is followed by the name
   4673  1.1  christos        of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
   4674  1.1  christos        characters.  */
   4675  1.1  christos 
   4676  1.1  christos       /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time.  */
   4677  1.1  christos       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
   4678  1.1  christos 	{
   4679  1.1  christos 	  *errmsg = _("unsupported reloc type");
   4680  1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4681  1.1  christos 	  goto error_return;
   4682  1.1  christos 	}
   4683  1.1  christos 
   4684  1.1  christos       /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc.  */
   4685  1.1  christos       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   4686  1.1  christos 	{
   4687  1.1  christos 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   4688  1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   4689  1.1  christos 
   4690  1.1  christos 	  /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
   4691  1.1  christos 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4692  1.1  christos 	    {
   4693  1.1  christos 	      isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   4694  1.1  christos 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4695  1.1  christos 		isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   4696  1.1  christos 						symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   4697  1.1  christos 						NULL, NULL, NULL);
   4698  1.1  christos 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4699  1.1  christos 		goto error_return;
   4700  1.1  christos 	    }
   4701  1.1  christos 
   4702  1.1  christos 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   4703  1.1  christos 	  targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   4704  1.1  christos 	}
   4705  1.1  christos       else
   4706  1.1  christos 	{
   4707  1.1  christos 	  unsigned long indx;
   4708  1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4709  1.1  christos 
   4710  1.1  christos 	  /* An external symbol.  */
   4711  1.1  christos 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   4712  1.1  christos 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
   4713  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   4714  1.1  christos 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4715  1.1  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4716  1.1  christos 	    targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4717  1.1  christos 	  else
   4718  1.1  christos 	    targetsec = NULL;
   4719  1.1  christos 	}
   4720  1.1  christos 
   4721  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
   4722  1.1  christos       memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
   4723  1.1  christos       if (targetsec != NULL)
   4724  1.1  christos 	strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
   4725  1.1  christos     }
   4726  1.1  christos 
   4727  1.1  christos   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4728  1.1  christos     free (isymbuf);
   4729  1.1  christos   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4730  1.1  christos       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4731  1.1  christos     free (internal_relocs);
   4732  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4733  1.1  christos 
   4734  1.1  christos error_return:
   4735  1.1  christos   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4736  1.1  christos     free (isymbuf);
   4737  1.1  christos   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4738  1.1  christos       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4739  1.1  christos     free (internal_relocs);
   4740  1.1  christos   return FALSE;
   4741  1.1  christos }
   4742  1.1  christos 
   4743  1.1  christos /* Set target options.  */
   4744  1.1  christos 
   4745  1.1  christos void
   4746  1.1  christos bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
   4747  1.1  christos {
   4748  1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   4749  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4750  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
   4751  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
   4752  1.1  christos 
   4753  1.1  christos   switch (got_handling)
   4754  1.1  christos     {
   4755  1.1  christos     case 0:
   4756  1.1  christos       /* --got=single.  */
   4757  1.1  christos       local_gp_p = FALSE;
   4758  1.1  christos       use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
   4759  1.1  christos       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4760  1.1  christos       break;
   4761  1.1  christos 
   4762  1.1  christos     case 1:
   4763  1.1  christos       /* --got=negative.  */
   4764  1.1  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4765  1.1  christos       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4766  1.1  christos       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4767  1.1  christos       break;
   4768  1.1  christos 
   4769  1.1  christos     case 2:
   4770  1.1  christos       /* --got=multigot.  */
   4771  1.1  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4772  1.1  christos       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4773  1.1  christos       allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
   4774  1.1  christos       break;
   4775  1.1  christos 
   4776  1.1  christos     default:
   4777  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4778  1.1  christos       return;
   4779  1.1  christos     }
   4780  1.1  christos 
   4781  1.1  christos   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   4782  1.1  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   4783  1.1  christos     {
   4784  1.1  christos       htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
   4785  1.1  christos       htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4786  1.1  christos       htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
   4787  1.1  christos     }
   4788  1.1  christos }
   4789  1.1  christos 
   4790  1.1  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4791  1.1  christos elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (rela)
   4792  1.1  christos      const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela;
   4793  1.1  christos {
   4794  1.1  christos   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4795  1.1  christos     {
   4796  1.1  christos     case R_68K_RELATIVE:
   4797  1.1  christos       return reloc_class_relative;
   4798  1.1  christos     case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
   4799  1.1  christos       return reloc_class_plt;
   4800  1.1  christos     case R_68K_COPY:
   4801  1.1  christos       return reloc_class_copy;
   4802  1.1  christos     default:
   4803  1.1  christos       return reloc_class_normal;
   4804  1.1  christos     }
   4805  1.1  christos }
   4806  1.1  christos 
   4807  1.1  christos /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   4808  1.1  christos    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   4809  1.1  christos 
   4810  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   4811  1.1  christos elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   4812  1.1  christos 		      const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4813  1.1  christos {
   4814  1.1  christos   return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
   4815  1.1  christos }
   4816  1.1  christos 
   4817  1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
   4818  1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-m68k"
   4819  1.1  christos #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_68K
   4820  1.1  christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x2000
   4821  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4822  1.1  christos 					_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4823  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4824  1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
   4825  1.1  christos /* ??? Should it be this macro or bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create?  */
   4826  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free \
   4827  1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free
   4828  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link	bfd_elf_final_link
   4829  1.1  christos 
   4830  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_check_relocs	elf_m68k_check_relocs
   4831  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   4832  1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_always_size_sections
   4833  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4834  1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4835  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   4836  1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
   4837  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_final_write_processing	elf_m68k_final_write_processing
   4838  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_init_index_section	_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4839  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_relocate_section	elf_m68k_relocate_section
   4840  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4841  1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4842  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4843  1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
   4844  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
   4845  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook	elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook
   4846  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
   4847  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4848  1.1  christos                                         elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
   4849  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
   4850  1.1  christos                                         elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
   4851  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4852  1.1  christos                                         elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
   4853  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
   4854  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
   4855  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_object_p		elf32_m68k_object_p
   4856  1.1  christos 
   4857  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
   4858  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
   4859  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
   4860  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
   4861  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
   4862  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4863  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4864                
   4865                #include "elf32-target.h"
   4866